aboutsummaryrefslogtreecommitdiffstats
path: root/Documentation
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to 'Documentation')
-rw-r--r--Documentation/00-INDEX2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-koneplus10
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/removed/o2cb (renamed from Documentation/ABI/obsolete/o2cb)9
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block64
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-bcma31
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci9
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-cpu34
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-koneplus19
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-dmi18
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-gsmi58
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-log7
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-fscaps8
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-cleancache11
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-power14
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ptp98
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/Makefile2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/device-drivers.tmpl6
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/genericirq.tmpl82
-rw-r--r--Documentation/HOWTO2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/IRQ-affinity.txt17
-rw-r--r--Documentation/RCU/00-INDEX2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/RCU/stallwarn.txt23
-rw-r--r--Documentation/RCU/trace.txt278
-rw-r--r--Documentation/SubmittingPatches9
-rw-r--r--Documentation/accounting/getdelays.c38
-rw-r--r--Documentation/atomic_ops.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/blockdev/cciss.txt15
-rw-r--r--Documentation/cachetlb.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/cgroups/cgroups.txt41
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/fsl-sec4.txt397
-rwxr-xr-xDocumentation/devicetree/bindings/net/can/fsl-flexcan.txt61
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/fsl-tsec-phy.txt54
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/ifc.txt76
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/mpic-timer.txt38
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/mpic.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/nintendo/wii.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/dontdiff58
-rw-r--r--Documentation/driver-model/bus.txt19
-rw-r--r--Documentation/driver-model/class.txt17
-rw-r--r--Documentation/driver-model/device.txt91
-rw-r--r--Documentation/driver-model/driver.txt18
-rw-r--r--Documentation/feature-removal-schedule.txt41
-rw-r--r--Documentation/filesystems/9p.txt29
-rw-r--r--Documentation/filesystems/configfs/configfs_example_explicit.c6
-rw-r--r--Documentation/filesystems/configfs/configfs_example_macros.c6
-rw-r--r--Documentation/filesystems/ext4.txt4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/filesystems/ocfs2.txt8
-rw-r--r--Documentation/filesystems/proc.txt12
-rw-r--r--Documentation/filesystems/ubifs.txt26
-rw-r--r--Documentation/filesystems/xfs.txt6
-rw-r--r--Documentation/hid/hiddev.txt (renamed from Documentation/usb/hiddev.txt)0
-rw-r--r--Documentation/hid/hidraw.txt119
-rw-r--r--Documentation/hwmon/adm127560
-rw-r--r--Documentation/hwmon/coretemp21
-rw-r--r--Documentation/hwmon/emc6w20142
-rw-r--r--Documentation/hwmon/f71882fg4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/hwmon/fam15h_power37
-rw-r--r--Documentation/hwmon/k10temp3
-rw-r--r--Documentation/hwmon/max1606598
-rw-r--r--Documentation/hwmon/max664221
-rw-r--r--Documentation/hwmon/max665021
-rw-r--r--Documentation/hwmon/pkgtemp36
-rw-r--r--Documentation/hwmon/sht1574
-rw-r--r--Documentation/hwmon/ucd9000110
-rw-r--r--Documentation/hwmon/ucd9200112
-rw-r--r--Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-i8011
-rw-r--r--Documentation/i2c/writing-clients2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/input/elantech.txt123
-rw-r--r--Documentation/input/rotary-encoder.txt13
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ioctl/ioctl-number.txt1
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ja_JP/HOWTO129
-rw-r--r--Documentation/kbuild/kbuild.txt13
-rw-r--r--Documentation/kbuild/kconfig-language.txt32
-rw-r--r--Documentation/kbuild/kconfig.txt5
-rw-r--r--Documentation/kbuild/makefiles.txt53
-rw-r--r--Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt13
-rw-r--r--Documentation/lockstat.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/mmc/00-INDEX2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/mmc/mmc-dev-attrs.txt10
-rw-r--r--Documentation/mmc/mmc-dev-parts.txt27
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/batman-adv.txt11
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/bonding.txt45
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/igb.txt13
-rw-r--r--Documentation/power/devices.txt14
-rw-r--r--Documentation/power/notifiers.txt51
-rw-r--r--Documentation/power/regulator/machine.txt4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/pti/pti_intel_mid.txt99
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ptp/ptp.txt89
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ptp/testptp.c381
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ptp/testptp.mk33
-rw-r--r--Documentation/scsi/LICENSE.qla2xxx292
-rw-r--r--Documentation/sound/alsa/ALSA-Configuration.txt7
-rw-r--r--Documentation/sound/alsa/HD-Audio-Models.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/stable_api_nonsense.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/sysctl/fs.txt7
-rw-r--r--Documentation/sysctl/kernel.txt3
-rw-r--r--Documentation/sysctl/net.txt11
-rw-r--r--Documentation/sysctl/vm.txt4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/timers/timers-howto.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/trace/kprobetrace.txt1
-rw-r--r--Documentation/usb/callbacks.txt8
-rw-r--r--Documentation/usb/linux-cdc-acm.inf4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/usb/linux.inf6
-rw-r--r--Documentation/vgaarbiter.txt20
-rw-r--r--Documentation/virtual/00-INDEX10
-rw-r--r--Documentation/virtual/kvm/api.txt (renamed from Documentation/kvm/api.txt)34
-rw-r--r--Documentation/virtual/kvm/cpuid.txt (renamed from Documentation/kvm/cpuid.txt)0
-rw-r--r--Documentation/virtual/kvm/locking.txt (renamed from Documentation/kvm/locking.txt)0
-rw-r--r--Documentation/virtual/kvm/mmu.txt (renamed from Documentation/kvm/mmu.txt)0
-rw-r--r--Documentation/virtual/kvm/msr.txt (renamed from Documentation/kvm/msr.txt)0
-rw-r--r--Documentation/virtual/kvm/ppc-pv.txt (renamed from Documentation/kvm/ppc-pv.txt)0
-rw-r--r--Documentation/virtual/kvm/review-checklist.txt (renamed from Documentation/kvm/review-checklist.txt)2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/virtual/kvm/timekeeping.txt (renamed from Documentation/kvm/timekeeping.txt)0
-rw-r--r--Documentation/virtual/lguest/.gitignore (renamed from Documentation/lguest/.gitignore)0
-rw-r--r--Documentation/virtual/lguest/Makefile (renamed from Documentation/lguest/Makefile)0
-rw-r--r--Documentation/virtual/lguest/extract (renamed from Documentation/lguest/extract)0
-rw-r--r--Documentation/virtual/lguest/lguest.c (renamed from Documentation/lguest/lguest.c)0
-rw-r--r--Documentation/virtual/lguest/lguest.txt (renamed from Documentation/lguest/lguest.txt)3
-rw-r--r--Documentation/virtual/uml/UserModeLinux-HOWTO.txt (renamed from Documentation/uml/UserModeLinux-HOWTO.txt)10
-rw-r--r--Documentation/vm/cleancache.txt278
-rw-r--r--Documentation/vm/locking2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/x86/x86_64/boot-options.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/zh_CN/email-clients.txt210
123 files changed, 4018 insertions, 708 deletions
diff --git a/Documentation/00-INDEX b/Documentation/00-INDEX
index c17cd4bb2290..1b777b960492 100644
--- a/Documentation/00-INDEX
+++ b/Documentation/00-INDEX
@@ -328,8 +328,6 @@ sysrq.txt
328 - info on the magic SysRq key. 328 - info on the magic SysRq key.
329telephony/ 329telephony/
330 - directory with info on telephony (e.g. voice over IP) support. 330 - directory with info on telephony (e.g. voice over IP) support.
331uml/
332 - directory with information about User Mode Linux.
333unicode.txt 331unicode.txt
334 - info on the Unicode character/font mapping used in Linux. 332 - info on the Unicode character/font mapping used in Linux.
335unshare.txt 333unshare.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-koneplus b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-koneplus
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..c2a270b45b03
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-koneplus
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
1What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/koneplus/roccatkoneplus<minor>/startup_profile
2Date: October 2010
3Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
4Description: The integer value of this attribute ranges from 0-4.
5 When read, this attribute returns the number of the actual
6 profile. This value is persistent, so its equivalent to the
7 profile that's active when the mouse is powered on next time.
8 When written, this file sets the number of the startup profile
9 and the mouse activates this profile immediately.
10 Please use actual_profile, it does the same thing.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/o2cb b/Documentation/ABI/removed/o2cb
index 9c49d8e6c0cc..7f5daa465093 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/o2cb
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/removed/o2cb
@@ -1,11 +1,10 @@
1What: /sys/o2cb symlink 1What: /sys/o2cb symlink
2Date: Dec 2005 2Date: May 2011
3KernelVersion: 2.6.16 3KernelVersion: 2.6.40
4Contact: ocfs2-devel@oss.oracle.com 4Contact: ocfs2-devel@oss.oracle.com
5Description: This is a symlink: /sys/o2cb to /sys/fs/o2cb. The symlink will 5Description: This is a symlink: /sys/o2cb to /sys/fs/o2cb. The symlink is
6 be removed when new versions of ocfs2-tools which know to look 6 removed when new versions of ocfs2-tools which know to look
7 in /sys/fs/o2cb are sufficiently prevalent. Don't code new 7 in /sys/fs/o2cb are sufficiently prevalent. Don't code new
8 software to look here, it should try /sys/fs/o2cb instead. 8 software to look here, it should try /sys/fs/o2cb instead.
9 See Documentation/ABI/stable/o2cb for more information on usage.
10Users: ocfs2-tools. It's sufficient to mail proposed changes to 9Users: ocfs2-tools. It's sufficient to mail proposed changes to
11 ocfs2-devel@oss.oracle.com. 10 ocfs2-devel@oss.oracle.com.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block
index 4873c759d535..c1eb41cb9876 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block
@@ -142,3 +142,67 @@ Description:
142 with the previous I/O request are enabled. When set to 2, 142 with the previous I/O request are enabled. When set to 2,
143 all merge tries are disabled. The default value is 0 - 143 all merge tries are disabled. The default value is 0 -
144 which enables all types of merge tries. 144 which enables all types of merge tries.
145
146What: /sys/block/<disk>/discard_alignment
147Date: May 2011
148Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com>
149Description:
150 Devices that support discard functionality may
151 internally allocate space in units that are bigger than
152 the exported logical block size. The discard_alignment
153 parameter indicates how many bytes the beginning of the
154 device is offset from the internal allocation unit's
155 natural alignment.
156
157What: /sys/block/<disk>/<partition>/discard_alignment
158Date: May 2011
159Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com>
160Description:
161 Devices that support discard functionality may
162 internally allocate space in units that are bigger than
163 the exported logical block size. The discard_alignment
164 parameter indicates how many bytes the beginning of the
165 partition is offset from the internal allocation unit's
166 natural alignment.
167
168What: /sys/block/<disk>/queue/discard_granularity
169Date: May 2011
170Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com>
171Description:
172 Devices that support discard functionality may
173 internally allocate space using units that are bigger
174 than the logical block size. The discard_granularity
175 parameter indicates the size of the internal allocation
176 unit in bytes if reported by the device. Otherwise the
177 discard_granularity will be set to match the device's
178 physical block size. A discard_granularity of 0 means
179 that the device does not support discard functionality.
180
181What: /sys/block/<disk>/queue/discard_max_bytes
182Date: May 2011
183Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com>
184Description:
185 Devices that support discard functionality may have
186 internal limits on the number of bytes that can be
187 trimmed or unmapped in a single operation. Some storage
188 protocols also have inherent limits on the number of
189 blocks that can be described in a single command. The
190 discard_max_bytes parameter is set by the device driver
191 to the maximum number of bytes that can be discarded in
192 a single operation. Discard requests issued to the
193 device must not exceed this limit. A discard_max_bytes
194 value of 0 means that the device does not support
195 discard functionality.
196
197What: /sys/block/<disk>/queue/discard_zeroes_data
198Date: May 2011
199Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com>
200Description:
201 Devices that support discard functionality may return
202 stale or random data when a previously discarded block
203 is read back. This can cause problems if the filesystem
204 expects discarded blocks to be explicitly cleared. If a
205 device reports that it deterministically returns zeroes
206 when a discarded area is read the discard_zeroes_data
207 parameter will be set to one. Otherwise it will be 0 and
208 the result of reading a discarded area is undefined.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-bcma b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-bcma
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..06b62badddd1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-bcma
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
1What: /sys/bus/bcma/devices/.../manuf
2Date: May 2011
3KernelVersion: 2.6.40
4Contact: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
5Description:
6 Each BCMA core has it's manufacturer id. See
7 include/linux/bcma/bcma.h for possible values.
8
9What: /sys/bus/bcma/devices/.../id
10Date: May 2011
11KernelVersion: 2.6.40
12Contact: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
13Description:
14 There are a few types of BCMA cores, they can be identified by
15 id field.
16
17What: /sys/bus/bcma/devices/.../rev
18Date: May 2011
19KernelVersion: 2.6.40
20Contact: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
21Description:
22 BCMA cores of the same type can still slightly differ depending
23 on their revision. Use it for detailed programming.
24
25What: /sys/bus/bcma/devices/.../class
26Date: May 2011
27KernelVersion: 2.6.40
28Contact: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
29Description:
30 Each BCMA core is identified by few fields, including class it
31 belongs to. See include/linux/bcma/bcma.h for possible values.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci
index 36bf454ba855..349ecf26ce10 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci
@@ -74,6 +74,15 @@ Description:
74 hot-remove the PCI device and any of its children. 74 hot-remove the PCI device and any of its children.
75 Depends on CONFIG_HOTPLUG. 75 Depends on CONFIG_HOTPLUG.
76 76
77What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../pci_bus/.../rescan
78Date: May 2011
79Contact: Linux PCI developers <linux-pci@vger.kernel.org>
80Description:
81 Writing a non-zero value to this attribute will
82 force a rescan of the bus and all child buses,
83 and re-discover devices removed earlier from this
84 part of the device tree. Depends on CONFIG_HOTPLUG.
85
77What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../rescan 86What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../rescan
78Date: January 2009 87Date: January 2009
79Contact: Linux PCI developers <linux-pci@vger.kernel.org> 88Contact: Linux PCI developers <linux-pci@vger.kernel.org>
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-cpu b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-cpu
index 7564e88bfa43..e7be75b96e4b 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-cpu
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-cpu
@@ -183,21 +183,21 @@ Description: Discover and change clock speed of CPUs
183 to learn how to control the knobs. 183 to learn how to control the knobs.
184 184
185 185
186What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu*/cache/index*/cache_disable_X 186What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu*/cache/index3/cache_disable_{0,1}
187Date: August 2008 187Date: August 2008
188KernelVersion: 2.6.27 188KernelVersion: 2.6.27
189Contact: mark.langsdorf@amd.com 189Contact: discuss@x86-64.org
190Description: These files exist in every cpu's cache index directories. 190Description: Disable L3 cache indices
191 There are currently 2 cache_disable_# files in each 191
192 directory. Reading from these files on a supported 192 These files exist in every CPU's cache/index3 directory. Each
193 processor will return that cache disable index value 193 cache_disable_{0,1} file corresponds to one disable slot which
194 for that processor and node. Writing to one of these 194 can be used to disable a cache index. Reading from these files
195 files will cause the specificed cache index to be disabled. 195 on a processor with this functionality will return the currently
196 196 disabled index for that node. There is one L3 structure per
197 Currently, only AMD Family 10h Processors support cache index 197 node, or per internal node on MCM machines. Writing a valid
198 disable, and only for their L3 caches. See the BIOS and 198 index to one of these files will cause the specificed cache
199 Kernel Developer's Guide at 199 index to be disabled.
200 http://support.amd.com/us/Embedded_TechDocs/31116-Public-GH-BKDG_3-28_5-28-09.pdf 200
201 for formatting information and other details on the 201 All AMD processors with L3 caches provide this functionality.
202 cache index disable. 202 For details, see BKDGs at
203Users: joachim.deguara@amd.com 203 http://developer.amd.com/documentation/guides/Pages/default.aspx
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-koneplus b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-koneplus
index 326e05452da7..c1b53b8bc2ae 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-koneplus
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-koneplus
@@ -1,9 +1,12 @@
1What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/koneplus/roccatkoneplus<minor>/actual_profile 1What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/koneplus/roccatkoneplus<minor>/actual_profile
2Date: October 2010 2Date: October 2010
3Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> 3Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
4Description: When read, this file returns the number of the actual profile in 4Description: The integer value of this attribute ranges from 0-4.
5 range 0-4. 5 When read, this attribute returns the number of the actual
6 This file is readonly. 6 profile. This value is persistent, so its equivalent to the
7 profile that's active when the mouse is powered on next time.
8 When written, this file sets the number of the startup profile
9 and the mouse activates this profile immediately.
7Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net 10Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
8 11
9What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/koneplus/roccatkoneplus<minor>/firmware_version 12What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/koneplus/roccatkoneplus<minor>/firmware_version
@@ -89,16 +92,6 @@ Description: The mouse has a tracking- and a distance-control-unit. These
89 This file is writeonly. 92 This file is writeonly.
90Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net 93Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
91 94
92What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/koneplus/roccatkoneplus<minor>/startup_profile
93Date: October 2010
94Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
95Description: The integer value of this attribute ranges from 0-4.
96 When read, this attribute returns the number of the profile
97 that's active when the mouse is powered on.
98 When written, this file sets the number of the startup profile
99 and the mouse activates this profile immediately.
100Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
101
102What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/koneplus/roccatkoneplus<minor>/tcu 95What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/koneplus/roccatkoneplus<minor>/tcu
103Date: October 2010 96Date: October 2010
104Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> 97Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-dmi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-dmi
index ba9da9503c23..c78f9ab01e56 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-dmi
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-dmi
@@ -14,14 +14,15 @@ Description:
14 14
15 DMI is structured as a large table of entries, where 15 DMI is structured as a large table of entries, where
16 each entry has a common header indicating the type and 16 each entry has a common header indicating the type and
17 length of the entry, as well as 'handle' that is 17 length of the entry, as well as a firmware-provided
18 supposed to be unique amongst all entries. 18 'handle' that is supposed to be unique amongst all
19 entries.
19 20
20 Some entries are required by the specification, but many 21 Some entries are required by the specification, but many
21 others are optional. In general though, users should 22 others are optional. In general though, users should
22 never expect to find a specific entry type on their 23 never expect to find a specific entry type on their
23 system unless they know for certain what their firmware 24 system unless they know for certain what their firmware
24 is doing. Machine to machine will vary. 25 is doing. Machine to machine experiences will vary.
25 26
26 Multiple entries of the same type are allowed. In order 27 Multiple entries of the same type are allowed. In order
27 to handle these duplicate entry types, each entry is 28 to handle these duplicate entry types, each entry is
@@ -67,25 +68,24 @@ Description:
67 and the two terminating nul characters. 68 and the two terminating nul characters.
68 type : The type of the entry. This value is the same 69 type : The type of the entry. This value is the same
69 as found in the directory name. It indicates 70 as found in the directory name. It indicates
70 how the rest of the entry should be 71 how the rest of the entry should be interpreted.
71 interpreted.
72 instance: The instance ordinal of the entry for the 72 instance: The instance ordinal of the entry for the
73 given type. This value is the same as found 73 given type. This value is the same as found
74 in the parent directory name. 74 in the parent directory name.
75 position: The position of the entry within the entirety 75 position: The ordinal position (zero-based) of the entry
76 of the entirety. 76 within the entirety of the DMI entry table.
77 77
78 === Entry Specialization === 78 === Entry Specialization ===
79 79
80 Some entry types may have other information available in 80 Some entry types may have other information available in
81 sysfs. 81 sysfs. Not all types are specialized.
82 82
83 --- Type 15 - System Event Log --- 83 --- Type 15 - System Event Log ---
84 84
85 This entry allows the firmware to export a log of 85 This entry allows the firmware to export a log of
86 events the system has taken. This information is 86 events the system has taken. This information is
87 typically backed by nvram, but the implementation 87 typically backed by nvram, but the implementation
88 details are abstracted by this table. This entries data 88 details are abstracted by this table. This entry's data
89 is exported in the directory: 89 is exported in the directory:
90 90
91 /sys/firmware/dmi/entries/15-0/system_event_log 91 /sys/firmware/dmi/entries/15-0/system_event_log
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-gsmi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-gsmi
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..0faa0aaf4b6a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-gsmi
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
1What: /sys/firmware/gsmi
2Date: March 2011
3Contact: Mike Waychison <mikew@google.com>
4Description:
5 Some servers used internally at Google have firmware
6 that provides callback functionality via explicit SMI
7 triggers. Some of the callbacks are similar to those
8 provided by the EFI runtime services page, but due to
9 historical reasons this different entry-point has been
10 used.
11
12 The gsmi driver implements the kernel's abstraction for
13 these firmware callbacks. Currently, this functionality
14 is limited to handling the system event log and getting
15 access to EFI-style variables stored in nvram.
16
17 Layout:
18
19 /sys/firmware/gsmi/vars:
20
21 This directory has the same layout (and
22 underlying implementation as /sys/firmware/efi/vars.
23 See Documentation/ABI/*/sysfs-firmware-efi-vars
24 for more information on how to interact with
25 this structure.
26
27 /sys/firmware/gsmi/append_to_eventlog - write-only:
28
29 This file takes a binary blob and passes it onto
30 the firmware to be timestamped and appended to
31 the system eventlog. The binary format is
32 interpreted by the firmware and may change from
33 platform to platform. The only kernel-enforced
34 requirement is that the blob be prefixed with a
35 32bit host-endian type used as part of the
36 firmware call.
37
38 /sys/firmware/gsmi/clear_config - write-only:
39
40 Writing any value to this file will cause the
41 entire firmware configuration to be reset to
42 "factory defaults". Callers should assume that
43 a reboot is required for the configuration to be
44 cleared.
45
46 /sys/firmware/gsmi/clear_eventlog - write-only:
47
48 This file is used to clear out a portion/the
49 whole of the system event log. Values written
50 should be values between 1 and 100 inclusive (in
51 ASCII) representing the fraction of the log to
52 clear. Not all platforms support fractional
53 clearing though, and this writes to this file
54 will error out if the firmware doesn't like your
55 submitted fraction.
56
57 Callers should assume that a reboot is needed
58 for this operation to complete.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-log b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-log
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..9b58e7c5365f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-log
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
1What: /sys/firmware/log
2Date: February 2011
3Contact: Mike Waychison <mikew@google.com>
4Description:
5 The /sys/firmware/log is a binary file that represents a
6 read-only copy of the firmware's log if one is
7 available.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-fscaps b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-fscaps
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..50a3033b5e15
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-fscaps
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
1What: /sys/kernel/fscaps
2Date: February 2011
3KernelVersion: 2.6.38
4Contact: Ludwig Nussel <ludwig.nussel@suse.de>
5Description
6 Shows whether file system capabilities are honored
7 when executing a binary
8
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-cleancache b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-cleancache
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..662ae646ea12
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-cleancache
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
1What: /sys/kernel/mm/cleancache/
2Date: April 2011
3Contact: Dan Magenheimer <dan.magenheimer@oracle.com>
4Description:
5 /sys/kernel/mm/cleancache/ contains a number of files which
6 record a count of various cleancache operations
7 (sum across all filesystems):
8 succ_gets
9 failed_gets
10 puts
11 flushes
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-power b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-power
index 194ca446ac28..b464d12761ba 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-power
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-power
@@ -158,3 +158,17 @@ Description:
158 successful, will make the kernel abort a subsequent transition 158 successful, will make the kernel abort a subsequent transition
159 to a sleep state if any wakeup events are reported after the 159 to a sleep state if any wakeup events are reported after the
160 write has returned. 160 write has returned.
161
162What: /sys/power/reserved_size
163Date: May 2011
164Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
165Description:
166 The /sys/power/reserved_size file allows user space to control
167 the amount of memory reserved for allocations made by device
168 drivers during the "device freeze" stage of hibernation. It can
169 be written a string representing a non-negative integer that
170 will be used as the amount of memory to reserve for allocations
171 made by device drivers' "freeze" callbacks, in bytes.
172
173 Reading from this file will display the current value, which is
174 set to 1 MB by default.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ptp b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ptp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..d40d2b550502
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ptp
@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
1What: /sys/class/ptp/
2Date: September 2010
3Contact: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
4Description:
5 This directory contains files and directories
6 providing a standardized interface to the ancillary
7 features of PTP hardware clocks.
8
9What: /sys/class/ptp/ptpN/
10Date: September 2010
11Contact: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
12Description:
13 This directory contains the attributes of the Nth PTP
14 hardware clock registered into the PTP class driver
15 subsystem.
16
17What: /sys/class/ptp/ptpN/clock_name
18Date: September 2010
19Contact: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
20Description:
21 This file contains the name of the PTP hardware clock
22 as a human readable string.
23
24What: /sys/class/ptp/ptpN/max_adjustment
25Date: September 2010
26Contact: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
27Description:
28 This file contains the PTP hardware clock's maximum
29 frequency adjustment value (a positive integer) in
30 parts per billion.
31
32What: /sys/class/ptp/ptpN/n_alarms
33Date: September 2010
34Contact: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
35Description:
36 This file contains the number of periodic or one shot
37 alarms offer by the PTP hardware clock.
38
39What: /sys/class/ptp/ptpN/n_external_timestamps
40Date: September 2010
41Contact: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
42Description:
43 This file contains the number of external timestamp
44 channels offered by the PTP hardware clock.
45
46What: /sys/class/ptp/ptpN/n_periodic_outputs
47Date: September 2010
48Contact: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
49Description:
50 This file contains the number of programmable periodic
51 output channels offered by the PTP hardware clock.
52
53What: /sys/class/ptp/ptpN/pps_avaiable
54Date: September 2010
55Contact: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
56Description:
57 This file indicates whether the PTP hardware clock
58 supports a Pulse Per Second to the host CPU. Reading
59 "1" means that the PPS is supported, while "0" means
60 not supported.
61
62What: /sys/class/ptp/ptpN/extts_enable
63Date: September 2010
64Contact: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
65Description:
66 This write-only file enables or disables external
67 timestamps. To enable external timestamps, write the
68 channel index followed by a "1" into the file.
69 To disable external timestamps, write the channel
70 index followed by a "0" into the file.
71
72What: /sys/class/ptp/ptpN/fifo
73Date: September 2010
74Contact: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
75Description:
76 This file provides timestamps on external events, in
77 the form of three integers: channel index, seconds,
78 and nanoseconds.
79
80What: /sys/class/ptp/ptpN/period
81Date: September 2010
82Contact: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
83Description:
84 This write-only file enables or disables periodic
85 outputs. To enable a periodic output, write five
86 integers into the file: channel index, start time
87 seconds, start time nanoseconds, period seconds, and
88 period nanoseconds. To disable a periodic output, set
89 all the seconds and nanoseconds values to zero.
90
91What: /sys/class/ptp/ptpN/pps_enable
92Date: September 2010
93Contact: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
94Description:
95 This write-only file enables or disables delivery of
96 PPS events to the Linux PPS subsystem. To enable PPS
97 events, write a "1" into the file. To disable events,
98 write a "0" into the file.
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/Makefile b/Documentation/DocBook/Makefile
index 8436b018c289..3cebfa0d1611 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/Makefile
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/Makefile
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ installmandocs: mandocs
73### 73###
74#External programs used 74#External programs used
75KERNELDOC = $(srctree)/scripts/kernel-doc 75KERNELDOC = $(srctree)/scripts/kernel-doc
76DOCPROC = $(objtree)/scripts/basic/docproc 76DOCPROC = $(objtree)/scripts/docproc
77 77
78XMLTOFLAGS = -m $(srctree)/Documentation/DocBook/stylesheet.xsl 78XMLTOFLAGS = -m $(srctree)/Documentation/DocBook/stylesheet.xsl
79XMLTOFLAGS += --skip-validation 79XMLTOFLAGS += --skip-validation
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/device-drivers.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/device-drivers.tmpl
index 36f63d4a0a06..b638e50cf8f6 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/device-drivers.tmpl
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/device-drivers.tmpl
@@ -96,10 +96,10 @@ X!Iinclude/linux/kobject.h
96 96
97 <chapter id="devdrivers"> 97 <chapter id="devdrivers">
98 <title>Device drivers infrastructure</title> 98 <title>Device drivers infrastructure</title>
99 <sect1><title>The Basic Device Driver-Model Structures </title>
100!Iinclude/linux/device.h
101 </sect1>
99 <sect1><title>Device Drivers Base</title> 102 <sect1><title>Device Drivers Base</title>
100<!--
101X!Iinclude/linux/device.h
102-->
103!Edrivers/base/driver.c 103!Edrivers/base/driver.c
104!Edrivers/base/core.c 104!Edrivers/base/core.c
105!Edrivers/base/class.c 105!Edrivers/base/class.c
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/genericirq.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/genericirq.tmpl
index fb10fd08c05c..b3422341d65c 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/genericirq.tmpl
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/genericirq.tmpl
@@ -191,8 +191,8 @@
191 <para> 191 <para>
192 Whenever an interrupt triggers, the lowlevel arch code calls into 192 Whenever an interrupt triggers, the lowlevel arch code calls into
193 the generic interrupt code by calling desc->handle_irq(). 193 the generic interrupt code by calling desc->handle_irq().
194 This highlevel IRQ handling function only uses desc->chip primitives 194 This highlevel IRQ handling function only uses desc->irq_data.chip
195 referenced by the assigned chip descriptor structure. 195 primitives referenced by the assigned chip descriptor structure.
196 </para> 196 </para>
197 </sect1> 197 </sect1>
198 <sect1 id="Highlevel_Driver_API"> 198 <sect1 id="Highlevel_Driver_API">
@@ -206,11 +206,11 @@
206 <listitem><para>enable_irq()</para></listitem> 206 <listitem><para>enable_irq()</para></listitem>
207 <listitem><para>disable_irq_nosync() (SMP only)</para></listitem> 207 <listitem><para>disable_irq_nosync() (SMP only)</para></listitem>
208 <listitem><para>synchronize_irq() (SMP only)</para></listitem> 208 <listitem><para>synchronize_irq() (SMP only)</para></listitem>
209 <listitem><para>set_irq_type()</para></listitem> 209 <listitem><para>irq_set_irq_type()</para></listitem>
210 <listitem><para>set_irq_wake()</para></listitem> 210 <listitem><para>irq_set_irq_wake()</para></listitem>
211 <listitem><para>set_irq_data()</para></listitem> 211 <listitem><para>irq_set_handler_data()</para></listitem>
212 <listitem><para>set_irq_chip()</para></listitem> 212 <listitem><para>irq_set_chip()</para></listitem>
213 <listitem><para>set_irq_chip_data()</para></listitem> 213 <listitem><para>irq_set_chip_data()</para></listitem>
214 </itemizedlist> 214 </itemizedlist>
215 See the autogenerated function documentation for details. 215 See the autogenerated function documentation for details.
216 </para> 216 </para>
@@ -225,6 +225,8 @@
225 <listitem><para>handle_fasteoi_irq</para></listitem> 225 <listitem><para>handle_fasteoi_irq</para></listitem>
226 <listitem><para>handle_simple_irq</para></listitem> 226 <listitem><para>handle_simple_irq</para></listitem>
227 <listitem><para>handle_percpu_irq</para></listitem> 227 <listitem><para>handle_percpu_irq</para></listitem>
228 <listitem><para>handle_edge_eoi_irq</para></listitem>
229 <listitem><para>handle_bad_irq</para></listitem>
228 </itemizedlist> 230 </itemizedlist>
229 The interrupt flow handlers (either predefined or architecture 231 The interrupt flow handlers (either predefined or architecture
230 specific) are assigned to specific interrupts by the architecture 232 specific) are assigned to specific interrupts by the architecture
@@ -241,13 +243,13 @@
241 <programlisting> 243 <programlisting>
242default_enable(struct irq_data *data) 244default_enable(struct irq_data *data)
243{ 245{
244 desc->chip->irq_unmask(data); 246 desc->irq_data.chip->irq_unmask(data);
245} 247}
246 248
247default_disable(struct irq_data *data) 249default_disable(struct irq_data *data)
248{ 250{
249 if (!delay_disable(data)) 251 if (!delay_disable(data))
250 desc->chip->irq_mask(data); 252 desc->irq_data.chip->irq_mask(data);
251} 253}
252 254
253default_ack(struct irq_data *data) 255default_ack(struct irq_data *data)
@@ -284,9 +286,9 @@ noop(struct irq_data *data))
284 <para> 286 <para>
285 The following control flow is implemented (simplified excerpt): 287 The following control flow is implemented (simplified excerpt):
286 <programlisting> 288 <programlisting>
287desc->chip->irq_mask(); 289desc->irq_data.chip->irq_mask_ack();
288handle_IRQ_event(desc->action); 290handle_irq_event(desc->action);
289desc->chip->irq_unmask(); 291desc->irq_data.chip->irq_unmask();
290 </programlisting> 292 </programlisting>
291 </para> 293 </para>
292 </sect3> 294 </sect3>
@@ -300,8 +302,8 @@ desc->chip->irq_unmask();
300 <para> 302 <para>
301 The following control flow is implemented (simplified excerpt): 303 The following control flow is implemented (simplified excerpt):
302 <programlisting> 304 <programlisting>
303handle_IRQ_event(desc->action); 305handle_irq_event(desc->action);
304desc->chip->irq_eoi(); 306desc->irq_data.chip->irq_eoi();
305 </programlisting> 307 </programlisting>
306 </para> 308 </para>
307 </sect3> 309 </sect3>
@@ -315,17 +317,17 @@ desc->chip->irq_eoi();
315 The following control flow is implemented (simplified excerpt): 317 The following control flow is implemented (simplified excerpt):
316 <programlisting> 318 <programlisting>
317if (desc->status &amp; running) { 319if (desc->status &amp; running) {
318 desc->chip->irq_mask(); 320 desc->irq_data.chip->irq_mask_ack();
319 desc->status |= pending | masked; 321 desc->status |= pending | masked;
320 return; 322 return;
321} 323}
322desc->chip->irq_ack(); 324desc->irq_data.chip->irq_ack();
323desc->status |= running; 325desc->status |= running;
324do { 326do {
325 if (desc->status &amp; masked) 327 if (desc->status &amp; masked)
326 desc->chip->irq_unmask(); 328 desc->irq_data.chip->irq_unmask();
327 desc->status &amp;= ~pending; 329 desc->status &amp;= ~pending;
328 handle_IRQ_event(desc->action); 330 handle_irq_event(desc->action);
329} while (status &amp; pending); 331} while (status &amp; pending);
330desc->status &amp;= ~running; 332desc->status &amp;= ~running;
331 </programlisting> 333 </programlisting>
@@ -344,7 +346,7 @@ desc->status &amp;= ~running;
344 <para> 346 <para>
345 The following control flow is implemented (simplified excerpt): 347 The following control flow is implemented (simplified excerpt):
346 <programlisting> 348 <programlisting>
347handle_IRQ_event(desc->action); 349handle_irq_event(desc->action);
348 </programlisting> 350 </programlisting>
349 </para> 351 </para>
350 </sect3> 352 </sect3>
@@ -362,12 +364,29 @@ handle_IRQ_event(desc->action);
362 <para> 364 <para>
363 The following control flow is implemented (simplified excerpt): 365 The following control flow is implemented (simplified excerpt):
364 <programlisting> 366 <programlisting>
365handle_IRQ_event(desc->action); 367if (desc->irq_data.chip->irq_ack)
366if (desc->chip->irq_eoi) 368 desc->irq_data.chip->irq_ack();
367 desc->chip->irq_eoi(); 369handle_irq_event(desc->action);
370if (desc->irq_data.chip->irq_eoi)
371 desc->irq_data.chip->irq_eoi();
368 </programlisting> 372 </programlisting>
369 </para> 373 </para>
370 </sect3> 374 </sect3>
375 <sect3 id="EOI_Edge_IRQ_flow_handler">
376 <title>EOI Edge IRQ flow handler</title>
377 <para>
378 handle_edge_eoi_irq provides an abnomination of the edge
379 handler which is solely used to tame a badly wreckaged
380 irq controller on powerpc/cell.
381 </para>
382 </sect3>
383 <sect3 id="BAD_IRQ_flow_handler">
384 <title>Bad IRQ flow handler</title>
385 <para>
386 handle_bad_irq is used for spurious interrupts which
387 have no real handler assigned..
388 </para>
389 </sect3>
371 </sect2> 390 </sect2>
372 <sect2 id="Quirks_and_optimizations"> 391 <sect2 id="Quirks_and_optimizations">
373 <title>Quirks and optimizations</title> 392 <title>Quirks and optimizations</title>
@@ -410,6 +429,7 @@ if (desc->chip->irq_eoi)
410 <listitem><para>irq_mask_ack() - Optional, recommended for performance</para></listitem> 429 <listitem><para>irq_mask_ack() - Optional, recommended for performance</para></listitem>
411 <listitem><para>irq_mask()</para></listitem> 430 <listitem><para>irq_mask()</para></listitem>
412 <listitem><para>irq_unmask()</para></listitem> 431 <listitem><para>irq_unmask()</para></listitem>
432 <listitem><para>irq_eoi() - Optional, required for eoi flow handlers</para></listitem>
413 <listitem><para>irq_retrigger() - Optional</para></listitem> 433 <listitem><para>irq_retrigger() - Optional</para></listitem>
414 <listitem><para>irq_set_type() - Optional</para></listitem> 434 <listitem><para>irq_set_type() - Optional</para></listitem>
415 <listitem><para>irq_set_wake() - Optional</para></listitem> 435 <listitem><para>irq_set_wake() - Optional</para></listitem>
@@ -424,32 +444,24 @@ if (desc->chip->irq_eoi)
424 <chapter id="doirq"> 444 <chapter id="doirq">
425 <title>__do_IRQ entry point</title> 445 <title>__do_IRQ entry point</title>
426 <para> 446 <para>
427 The original implementation __do_IRQ() is an alternative entry 447 The original implementation __do_IRQ() was an alternative entry
428 point for all types of interrupts. 448 point for all types of interrupts. It not longer exists.
429 </para> 449 </para>
430 <para> 450 <para>
431 This handler turned out to be not suitable for all 451 This handler turned out to be not suitable for all
432 interrupt hardware and was therefore reimplemented with split 452 interrupt hardware and was therefore reimplemented with split
433 functionality for egde/level/simple/percpu interrupts. This is not 453 functionality for edge/level/simple/percpu interrupts. This is not
434 only a functional optimization. It also shortens code paths for 454 only a functional optimization. It also shortens code paths for
435 interrupts. 455 interrupts.
436 </para> 456 </para>
437 <para>
438 To make use of the split implementation, replace the call to
439 __do_IRQ by a call to desc->handle_irq() and associate
440 the appropriate handler function to desc->handle_irq().
441 In most cases the generic handler implementations should
442 be sufficient.
443 </para>
444 </chapter> 457 </chapter>
445 458
446 <chapter id="locking"> 459 <chapter id="locking">
447 <title>Locking on SMP</title> 460 <title>Locking on SMP</title>
448 <para> 461 <para>
449 The locking of chip registers is up to the architecture that 462 The locking of chip registers is up to the architecture that
450 defines the chip primitives. There is a chip->lock field that can be used 463 defines the chip primitives. The per-irq structure is
451 for serialization, but the generic layer does not touch it. The per-irq 464 protected via desc->lock, by the generic layer.
452 structure is protected via desc->lock, by the generic layer.
453 </para> 465 </para>
454 </chapter> 466 </chapter>
455 <chapter id="structs"> 467 <chapter id="structs">
diff --git a/Documentation/HOWTO b/Documentation/HOWTO
index 365bda9a0d94..81bc1a9ab9d8 100644
--- a/Documentation/HOWTO
+++ b/Documentation/HOWTO
@@ -209,7 +209,7 @@ tools. One such tool that is particularly recommended is the Linux
209Cross-Reference project, which is able to present source code in a 209Cross-Reference project, which is able to present source code in a
210self-referential, indexed webpage format. An excellent up-to-date 210self-referential, indexed webpage format. An excellent up-to-date
211repository of the kernel code may be found at: 211repository of the kernel code may be found at:
212 http://users.sosdg.org/~qiyong/lxr/ 212 http://lxr.linux.no/+trees
213 213
214 214
215The development process 215The development process
diff --git a/Documentation/IRQ-affinity.txt b/Documentation/IRQ-affinity.txt
index b4a615b78403..7890fae18529 100644
--- a/Documentation/IRQ-affinity.txt
+++ b/Documentation/IRQ-affinity.txt
@@ -4,10 +4,11 @@ ChangeLog:
4 4
5SMP IRQ affinity 5SMP IRQ affinity
6 6
7/proc/irq/IRQ#/smp_affinity specifies which target CPUs are permitted 7/proc/irq/IRQ#/smp_affinity and /proc/irq/IRQ#/smp_affinity_list specify
8for a given IRQ source. It's a bitmask of allowed CPUs. It's not allowed 8which target CPUs are permitted for a given IRQ source. It's a bitmask
9to turn off all CPUs, and if an IRQ controller does not support IRQ 9(smp_affinity) or cpu list (smp_affinity_list) of allowed CPUs. It's not
10affinity then the value will not change from the default 0xffffffff. 10allowed to turn off all CPUs, and if an IRQ controller does not support
11IRQ affinity then the value will not change from the default of all cpus.
11 12
12/proc/irq/default_smp_affinity specifies default affinity mask that applies 13/proc/irq/default_smp_affinity specifies default affinity mask that applies
13to all non-active IRQs. Once IRQ is allocated/activated its affinity bitmask 14to all non-active IRQs. Once IRQ is allocated/activated its affinity bitmask
@@ -54,3 +55,11 @@ round-trip min/avg/max = 0.1/0.5/585.4 ms
54This time around IRQ44 was delivered only to the last four processors. 55This time around IRQ44 was delivered only to the last four processors.
55i.e counters for the CPU0-3 did not change. 56i.e counters for the CPU0-3 did not change.
56 57
58Here is an example of limiting that same irq (44) to cpus 1024 to 1031:
59
60[root@moon 44]# echo 1024-1031 > smp_affinity
61[root@moon 44]# cat smp_affinity
621024-1031
63
64Note that to do this with a bitmask would require 32 bitmasks of zero
65to follow the pertinent one.
diff --git a/Documentation/RCU/00-INDEX b/Documentation/RCU/00-INDEX
index 71b6f500ddb9..1d7a885761f5 100644
--- a/Documentation/RCU/00-INDEX
+++ b/Documentation/RCU/00-INDEX
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ rcu.txt
21RTFP.txt 21RTFP.txt
22 - List of RCU papers (bibliography) going back to 1980. 22 - List of RCU papers (bibliography) going back to 1980.
23stallwarn.txt 23stallwarn.txt
24 - RCU CPU stall warnings (CONFIG_RCU_CPU_STALL_DETECTOR) 24 - RCU CPU stall warnings (module parameter rcu_cpu_stall_suppress)
25torture.txt 25torture.txt
26 - RCU Torture Test Operation (CONFIG_RCU_TORTURE_TEST) 26 - RCU Torture Test Operation (CONFIG_RCU_TORTURE_TEST)
27trace.txt 27trace.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/RCU/stallwarn.txt b/Documentation/RCU/stallwarn.txt
index 862c08ef1fde..4e959208f736 100644
--- a/Documentation/RCU/stallwarn.txt
+++ b/Documentation/RCU/stallwarn.txt
@@ -1,22 +1,25 @@
1Using RCU's CPU Stall Detector 1Using RCU's CPU Stall Detector
2 2
3The CONFIG_RCU_CPU_STALL_DETECTOR kernel config parameter enables 3The rcu_cpu_stall_suppress module parameter enables RCU's CPU stall
4RCU's CPU stall detector, which detects conditions that unduly delay 4detector, which detects conditions that unduly delay RCU grace periods.
5RCU grace periods. The stall detector's idea of what constitutes 5This module parameter enables CPU stall detection by default, but
6"unduly delayed" is controlled by a set of C preprocessor macros: 6may be overridden via boot-time parameter or at runtime via sysfs.
7The stall detector's idea of what constitutes "unduly delayed" is
8controlled by a set of kernel configuration variables and cpp macros:
7 9
8RCU_SECONDS_TILL_STALL_CHECK 10CONFIG_RCU_CPU_STALL_TIMEOUT
9 11
10 This macro defines the period of time that RCU will wait from 12 This kernel configuration parameter defines the period of time
11 the beginning of a grace period until it issues an RCU CPU 13 that RCU will wait from the beginning of a grace period until it
12 stall warning. This time period is normally ten seconds. 14 issues an RCU CPU stall warning. This time period is normally
15 ten seconds.
13 16
14RCU_SECONDS_TILL_STALL_RECHECK 17RCU_SECONDS_TILL_STALL_RECHECK
15 18
16 This macro defines the period of time that RCU will wait after 19 This macro defines the period of time that RCU will wait after
17 issuing a stall warning until it issues another stall warning 20 issuing a stall warning until it issues another stall warning
18 for the same stall. This time period is normally set to thirty 21 for the same stall. This time period is normally set to three
19 seconds. 22 times the check interval plus thirty seconds.
20 23
21RCU_STALL_RAT_DELAY 24RCU_STALL_RAT_DELAY
22 25
diff --git a/Documentation/RCU/trace.txt b/Documentation/RCU/trace.txt
index 6a8c73f55b80..c078ad48f7a1 100644
--- a/Documentation/RCU/trace.txt
+++ b/Documentation/RCU/trace.txt
@@ -10,34 +10,46 @@ for rcutree and next for rcutiny.
10 10
11CONFIG_TREE_RCU and CONFIG_TREE_PREEMPT_RCU debugfs Files and Formats 11CONFIG_TREE_RCU and CONFIG_TREE_PREEMPT_RCU debugfs Files and Formats
12 12
13These implementations of RCU provides five debugfs files under the 13These implementations of RCU provides several debugfs files under the
14top-level directory RCU: rcu/rcudata (which displays fields in struct 14top-level directory "rcu":
15rcu_data), rcu/rcudata.csv (which is a .csv spreadsheet version of 15
16rcu/rcudata), rcu/rcugp (which displays grace-period counters), 16rcu/rcudata:
17rcu/rcuhier (which displays the struct rcu_node hierarchy), and 17 Displays fields in struct rcu_data.
18rcu/rcu_pending (which displays counts of the reasons that the 18rcu/rcudata.csv:
19rcu_pending() function decided that there was core RCU work to do). 19 Comma-separated values spreadsheet version of rcudata.
20rcu/rcugp:
21 Displays grace-period counters.
22rcu/rcuhier:
23 Displays the struct rcu_node hierarchy.
24rcu/rcu_pending:
25 Displays counts of the reasons rcu_pending() decided that RCU had
26 work to do.
27rcu/rcutorture:
28 Displays rcutorture test progress.
29rcu/rcuboost:
30 Displays RCU boosting statistics. Only present if
31 CONFIG_RCU_BOOST=y.
20 32
21The output of "cat rcu/rcudata" looks as follows: 33The output of "cat rcu/rcudata" looks as follows:
22 34
23rcu_sched: 35rcu_sched:
24 0 c=17829 g=17829 pq=1 pqc=17829 qp=0 dt=10951/1 dn=0 df=1101 of=0 ri=36 ql=0 b=10 36 0 c=20972 g=20973 pq=1 pqc=20972 qp=0 dt=545/1/0 df=50 of=0 ri=0 ql=163 qs=NRW. kt=0/W/0 ktl=ebc3 b=10 ci=153737 co=0 ca=0
25 1 c=17829 g=17829 pq=1 pqc=17829 qp=0 dt=16117/1 dn=0 df=1015 of=0 ri=0 ql=0 b=10 37 1 c=20972 g=20973 pq=1 pqc=20972 qp=0 dt=967/1/0 df=58 of=0 ri=0 ql=634 qs=NRW. kt=0/W/1 ktl=58c b=10 ci=191037 co=0 ca=0
26 2 c=17829 g=17829 pq=1 pqc=17829 qp=0 dt=1445/1 dn=0 df=1839 of=0 ri=0 ql=0 b=10 38 2 c=20972 g=20973 pq=1 pqc=20972 qp=0 dt=1081/1/0 df=175 of=0 ri=0 ql=74 qs=N.W. kt=0/W/2 ktl=da94 b=10 ci=75991 co=0 ca=0
27 3 c=17829 g=17829 pq=1 pqc=17829 qp=0 dt=6681/1 dn=0 df=1545 of=0 ri=0 ql=0 b=10 39 3 c=20942 g=20943 pq=1 pqc=20942 qp=1 dt=1846/0/0 df=404 of=0 ri=0 ql=0 qs=.... kt=0/W/3 ktl=d1cd b=10 ci=72261 co=0 ca=0
28 4 c=17829 g=17829 pq=1 pqc=17829 qp=0 dt=1003/1 dn=0 df=1992 of=0 ri=0 ql=0 b=10 40 4 c=20972 g=20973 pq=1 pqc=20972 qp=0 dt=369/1/0 df=83 of=0 ri=0 ql=48 qs=N.W. kt=0/W/4 ktl=e0e7 b=10 ci=128365 co=0 ca=0
29 5 c=17829 g=17830 pq=1 pqc=17829 qp=1 dt=3887/1 dn=0 df=3331 of=0 ri=4 ql=2 b=10 41 5 c=20972 g=20973 pq=1 pqc=20972 qp=0 dt=381/1/0 df=64 of=0 ri=0 ql=169 qs=NRW. kt=0/W/5 ktl=fb2f b=10 ci=164360 co=0 ca=0
30 6 c=17829 g=17829 pq=1 pqc=17829 qp=0 dt=859/1 dn=0 df=3224 of=0 ri=0 ql=0 b=10 42 6 c=20972 g=20973 pq=1 pqc=20972 qp=0 dt=1037/1/0 df=183 of=0 ri=0 ql=62 qs=N.W. kt=0/W/6 ktl=d2ad b=10 ci=65663 co=0 ca=0
31 7 c=17829 g=17830 pq=0 pqc=17829 qp=1 dt=3761/1 dn=0 df=1818 of=0 ri=0 ql=2 b=10 43 7 c=20897 g=20897 pq=1 pqc=20896 qp=0 dt=1572/0/0 df=382 of=0 ri=0 ql=0 qs=.... kt=0/W/7 ktl=cf15 b=10 ci=75006 co=0 ca=0
32rcu_bh: 44rcu_bh:
33 0 c=-275 g=-275 pq=1 pqc=-275 qp=0 dt=10951/1 dn=0 df=0 of=0 ri=0 ql=0 b=10 45 0 c=1480 g=1480 pq=1 pqc=1479 qp=0 dt=545/1/0 df=6 of=0 ri=1 ql=0 qs=.... kt=0/W/0 ktl=ebc3 b=10 ci=0 co=0 ca=0
34 1 c=-275 g=-275 pq=1 pqc=-275 qp=0 dt=16117/1 dn=0 df=13 of=0 ri=0 ql=0 b=10 46 1 c=1480 g=1480 pq=1 pqc=1479 qp=0 dt=967/1/0 df=3 of=0 ri=1 ql=0 qs=.... kt=0/W/1 ktl=58c b=10 ci=151 co=0 ca=0
35 2 c=-275 g=-275 pq=1 pqc=-275 qp=0 dt=1445/1 dn=0 df=15 of=0 ri=0 ql=0 b=10 47 2 c=1480 g=1480 pq=1 pqc=1479 qp=0 dt=1081/1/0 df=6 of=0 ri=1 ql=0 qs=.... kt=0/W/2 ktl=da94 b=10 ci=0 co=0 ca=0
36 3 c=-275 g=-275 pq=1 pqc=-275 qp=0 dt=6681/1 dn=0 df=9 of=0 ri=0 ql=0 b=10 48 3 c=1480 g=1480 pq=1 pqc=1479 qp=0 dt=1846/0/0 df=8 of=0 ri=1 ql=0 qs=.... kt=0/W/3 ktl=d1cd b=10 ci=0 co=0 ca=0
37 4 c=-275 g=-275 pq=1 pqc=-275 qp=0 dt=1003/1 dn=0 df=15 of=0 ri=0 ql=0 b=10 49 4 c=1480 g=1480 pq=1 pqc=1479 qp=0 dt=369/1/0 df=6 of=0 ri=1 ql=0 qs=.... kt=0/W/4 ktl=e0e7 b=10 ci=0 co=0 ca=0
38 5 c=-275 g=-275 pq=1 pqc=-275 qp=0 dt=3887/1 dn=0 df=15 of=0 ri=0 ql=0 b=10 50 5 c=1480 g=1480 pq=1 pqc=1479 qp=0 dt=381/1/0 df=4 of=0 ri=1 ql=0 qs=.... kt=0/W/5 ktl=fb2f b=10 ci=0 co=0 ca=0
39 6 c=-275 g=-275 pq=1 pqc=-275 qp=0 dt=859/1 dn=0 df=15 of=0 ri=0 ql=0 b=10 51 6 c=1480 g=1480 pq=1 pqc=1479 qp=0 dt=1037/1/0 df=6 of=0 ri=1 ql=0 qs=.... kt=0/W/6 ktl=d2ad b=10 ci=0 co=0 ca=0
40 7 c=-275 g=-275 pq=1 pqc=-275 qp=0 dt=3761/1 dn=0 df=15 of=0 ri=0 ql=0 b=10 52 7 c=1474 g=1474 pq=1 pqc=1473 qp=0 dt=1572/0/0 df=8 of=0 ri=1 ql=0 qs=.... kt=0/W/7 ktl=cf15 b=10 ci=0 co=0 ca=0
41 53
42The first section lists the rcu_data structures for rcu_sched, the second 54The first section lists the rcu_data structures for rcu_sched, the second
43for rcu_bh. Note that CONFIG_TREE_PREEMPT_RCU kernels will have an 55for rcu_bh. Note that CONFIG_TREE_PREEMPT_RCU kernels will have an
@@ -52,17 +64,18 @@ o The number at the beginning of each line is the CPU number.
52 substantially larger than the number of actual CPUs. 64 substantially larger than the number of actual CPUs.
53 65
54o "c" is the count of grace periods that this CPU believes have 66o "c" is the count of grace periods that this CPU believes have
55 completed. CPUs in dynticks idle mode may lag quite a ways 67 completed. Offlined CPUs and CPUs in dynticks idle mode may
56 behind, for example, CPU 4 under "rcu_sched" above, which has 68 lag quite a ways behind, for example, CPU 6 under "rcu_sched"
57 slept through the past 25 RCU grace periods. It is not unusual 69 above, which has been offline through not quite 40,000 RCU grace
58 to see CPUs lagging by thousands of grace periods. 70 periods. It is not unusual to see CPUs lagging by thousands of
71 grace periods.
59 72
60o "g" is the count of grace periods that this CPU believes have 73o "g" is the count of grace periods that this CPU believes have
61 started. Again, CPUs in dynticks idle mode may lag behind. 74 started. Again, offlined CPUs and CPUs in dynticks idle mode
62 If the "c" and "g" values are equal, this CPU has already 75 may lag behind. If the "c" and "g" values are equal, this CPU
63 reported a quiescent state for the last RCU grace period that 76 has already reported a quiescent state for the last RCU grace
64 it is aware of, otherwise, the CPU believes that it owes RCU a 77 period that it is aware of, otherwise, the CPU believes that it
65 quiescent state. 78 owes RCU a quiescent state.
66 79
67o "pq" indicates that this CPU has passed through a quiescent state 80o "pq" indicates that this CPU has passed through a quiescent state
68 for the current grace period. It is possible for "pq" to be 81 for the current grace period. It is possible for "pq" to be
@@ -81,7 +94,8 @@ o "pqc" indicates which grace period the last-observed quiescent
81 the next grace period! 94 the next grace period!
82 95
83o "qp" indicates that RCU still expects a quiescent state from 96o "qp" indicates that RCU still expects a quiescent state from
84 this CPU. 97 this CPU. Offlined CPUs and CPUs in dyntick idle mode might
98 well have qp=1, which is OK: RCU is still ignoring them.
85 99
86o "dt" is the current value of the dyntick counter that is incremented 100o "dt" is the current value of the dyntick counter that is incremented
87 when entering or leaving dynticks idle state, either by the 101 when entering or leaving dynticks idle state, either by the
@@ -108,7 +122,7 @@ o "df" is the number of times that some other CPU has forced a
108 122
109o "of" is the number of times that some other CPU has forced a 123o "of" is the number of times that some other CPU has forced a
110 quiescent state on behalf of this CPU due to this CPU being 124 quiescent state on behalf of this CPU due to this CPU being
111 offline. In a perfect world, this might neve happen, but it 125 offline. In a perfect world, this might never happen, but it
112 turns out that offlining and onlining a CPU can take several grace 126 turns out that offlining and onlining a CPU can take several grace
113 periods, and so there is likely to be an extended period of time 127 periods, and so there is likely to be an extended period of time
114 when RCU believes that the CPU is online when it really is not. 128 when RCU believes that the CPU is online when it really is not.
@@ -125,6 +139,62 @@ o "ql" is the number of RCU callbacks currently residing on
125 of what state they are in (new, waiting for grace period to 139 of what state they are in (new, waiting for grace period to
126 start, waiting for grace period to end, ready to invoke). 140 start, waiting for grace period to end, ready to invoke).
127 141
142o "qs" gives an indication of the state of the callback queue
143 with four characters:
144
145 "N" Indicates that there are callbacks queued that are not
146 ready to be handled by the next grace period, and thus
147 will be handled by the grace period following the next
148 one.
149
150 "R" Indicates that there are callbacks queued that are
151 ready to be handled by the next grace period.
152
153 "W" Indicates that there are callbacks queued that are
154 waiting on the current grace period.
155
156 "D" Indicates that there are callbacks queued that have
157 already been handled by a prior grace period, and are
158 thus waiting to be invoked. Note that callbacks in
159 the process of being invoked are not counted here.
160 Callbacks in the process of being invoked are those
161 that have been removed from the rcu_data structures
162 queues by rcu_do_batch(), but which have not yet been
163 invoked.
164
165 If there are no callbacks in a given one of the above states,
166 the corresponding character is replaced by ".".
167
168o "kt" is the per-CPU kernel-thread state. The digit preceding
169 the first slash is zero if there is no work pending and 1
170 otherwise. The character between the first pair of slashes is
171 as follows:
172
173 "S" The kernel thread is stopped, in other words, all
174 CPUs corresponding to this rcu_node structure are
175 offline.
176
177 "R" The kernel thread is running.
178
179 "W" The kernel thread is waiting because there is no work
180 for it to do.
181
182 "O" The kernel thread is waiting because it has been
183 forced off of its designated CPU or because its
184 ->cpus_allowed mask permits it to run on other than
185 its designated CPU.
186
187 "Y" The kernel thread is yielding to avoid hogging CPU.
188
189 "?" Unknown value, indicates a bug.
190
191 The number after the final slash is the CPU that the kthread
192 is actually running on.
193
194o "ktl" is the low-order 16 bits (in hexadecimal) of the count of
195 the number of times that this CPU's per-CPU kthread has gone
196 through its loop servicing invoke_rcu_cpu_kthread() requests.
197
128o "b" is the batch limit for this CPU. If more than this number 198o "b" is the batch limit for this CPU. If more than this number
129 of RCU callbacks is ready to invoke, then the remainder will 199 of RCU callbacks is ready to invoke, then the remainder will
130 be deferred. 200 be deferred.
@@ -174,14 +244,14 @@ o "gpnum" is the number of grace periods that have started. It is
174The output of "cat rcu/rcuhier" looks as follows, with very long lines: 244The output of "cat rcu/rcuhier" looks as follows, with very long lines:
175 245
176c=6902 g=6903 s=2 jfq=3 j=72c7 nfqs=13142/nfqsng=0(13142) fqlh=6 246c=6902 g=6903 s=2 jfq=3 j=72c7 nfqs=13142/nfqsng=0(13142) fqlh=6
1771/1 .>. 0:127 ^0 2471/1 ..>. 0:127 ^0
1783/3 .>. 0:35 ^0 0/0 .>. 36:71 ^1 0/0 .>. 72:107 ^2 0/0 .>. 108:127 ^3 2483/3 ..>. 0:35 ^0 0/0 ..>. 36:71 ^1 0/0 ..>. 72:107 ^2 0/0 ..>. 108:127 ^3
1793/3f .>. 0:5 ^0 2/3 .>. 6:11 ^1 0/0 .>. 12:17 ^2 0/0 .>. 18:23 ^3 0/0 .>. 24:29 ^4 0/0 .>. 30:35 ^5 0/0 .>. 36:41 ^0 0/0 .>. 42:47 ^1 0/0 .>. 48:53 ^2 0/0 .>. 54:59 ^3 0/0 .>. 60:65 ^4 0/0 .>. 66:71 ^5 0/0 .>. 72:77 ^0 0/0 .>. 78:83 ^1 0/0 .>. 84:89 ^2 0/0 .>. 90:95 ^3 0/0 .>. 96:101 ^4 0/0 .>. 102:107 ^5 0/0 .>. 108:113 ^0 0/0 .>. 114:119 ^1 0/0 .>. 120:125 ^2 0/0 .>. 126:127 ^3 2493/3f ..>. 0:5 ^0 2/3 ..>. 6:11 ^1 0/0 ..>. 12:17 ^2 0/0 ..>. 18:23 ^3 0/0 ..>. 24:29 ^4 0/0 ..>. 30:35 ^5 0/0 ..>. 36:41 ^0 0/0 ..>. 42:47 ^1 0/0 ..>. 48:53 ^2 0/0 ..>. 54:59 ^3 0/0 ..>. 60:65 ^4 0/0 ..>. 66:71 ^5 0/0 ..>. 72:77 ^0 0/0 ..>. 78:83 ^1 0/0 ..>. 84:89 ^2 0/0 ..>. 90:95 ^3 0/0 ..>. 96:101 ^4 0/0 ..>. 102:107 ^5 0/0 ..>. 108:113 ^0 0/0 ..>. 114:119 ^1 0/0 ..>. 120:125 ^2 0/0 ..>. 126:127 ^3
180rcu_bh: 250rcu_bh:
181c=-226 g=-226 s=1 jfq=-5701 j=72c7 nfqs=88/nfqsng=0(88) fqlh=0 251c=-226 g=-226 s=1 jfq=-5701 j=72c7 nfqs=88/nfqsng=0(88) fqlh=0
1820/1 .>. 0:127 ^0 2520/1 ..>. 0:127 ^0
1830/3 .>. 0:35 ^0 0/0 .>. 36:71 ^1 0/0 .>. 72:107 ^2 0/0 .>. 108:127 ^3 2530/3 ..>. 0:35 ^0 0/0 ..>. 36:71 ^1 0/0 ..>. 72:107 ^2 0/0 ..>. 108:127 ^3
1840/3f .>. 0:5 ^0 0/3 .>. 6:11 ^1 0/0 .>. 12:17 ^2 0/0 .>. 18:23 ^3 0/0 .>. 24:29 ^4 0/0 .>. 30:35 ^5 0/0 .>. 36:41 ^0 0/0 .>. 42:47 ^1 0/0 .>. 48:53 ^2 0/0 .>. 54:59 ^3 0/0 .>. 60:65 ^4 0/0 .>. 66:71 ^5 0/0 .>. 72:77 ^0 0/0 .>. 78:83 ^1 0/0 .>. 84:89 ^2 0/0 .>. 90:95 ^3 0/0 .>. 96:101 ^4 0/0 .>. 102:107 ^5 0/0 .>. 108:113 ^0 0/0 .>. 114:119 ^1 0/0 .>. 120:125 ^2 0/0 .>. 126:127 ^3 2540/3f ..>. 0:5 ^0 0/3 ..>. 6:11 ^1 0/0 ..>. 12:17 ^2 0/0 ..>. 18:23 ^3 0/0 ..>. 24:29 ^4 0/0 ..>. 30:35 ^5 0/0 ..>. 36:41 ^0 0/0 ..>. 42:47 ^1 0/0 ..>. 48:53 ^2 0/0 ..>. 54:59 ^3 0/0 ..>. 60:65 ^4 0/0 ..>. 66:71 ^5 0/0 ..>. 72:77 ^0 0/0 ..>. 78:83 ^1 0/0 ..>. 84:89 ^2 0/0 ..>. 90:95 ^3 0/0 ..>. 96:101 ^4 0/0 ..>. 102:107 ^5 0/0 ..>. 108:113 ^0 0/0 ..>. 114:119 ^1 0/0 ..>. 120:125 ^2 0/0 ..>. 126:127 ^3
185 255
186This is once again split into "rcu_sched" and "rcu_bh" portions, 256This is once again split into "rcu_sched" and "rcu_bh" portions,
187and CONFIG_TREE_PREEMPT_RCU kernels will again have an additional 257and CONFIG_TREE_PREEMPT_RCU kernels will again have an additional
@@ -240,13 +310,20 @@ o Each element of the form "1/1 0:127 ^0" represents one struct
240 current grace period. 310 current grace period.
241 311
242 o The characters separated by the ">" indicate the state 312 o The characters separated by the ">" indicate the state
243 of the blocked-tasks lists. A "T" preceding the ">" 313 of the blocked-tasks lists. A "G" preceding the ">"
244 indicates that at least one task blocked in an RCU 314 indicates that at least one task blocked in an RCU
245 read-side critical section blocks the current grace 315 read-side critical section blocks the current grace
246 period, while a "." preceding the ">" indicates otherwise. 316 period, while a "E" preceding the ">" indicates that
247 The character following the ">" indicates similarly for 317 at least one task blocked in an RCU read-side critical
248 the next grace period. A "T" should appear in this 318 section blocks the current expedited grace period.
249 field only for rcu-preempt. 319 A "T" character following the ">" indicates that at
320 least one task is blocked within an RCU read-side
321 critical section, regardless of whether any current
322 grace period (expedited or normal) is inconvenienced.
323 A "." character appears if the corresponding condition
324 does not hold, so that "..>." indicates that no tasks
325 are blocked. In contrast, "GE>T" indicates maximal
326 inconvenience from blocked tasks.
250 327
251 o The numbers separated by the ":" are the range of CPUs 328 o The numbers separated by the ":" are the range of CPUs
252 served by this struct rcu_node. This can be helpful 329 served by this struct rcu_node. This can be helpful
@@ -328,6 +405,113 @@ o "nn" is the number of times that this CPU needed nothing. Alert
328 is due to short-circuit evaluation in rcu_pending(). 405 is due to short-circuit evaluation in rcu_pending().
329 406
330 407
408The output of "cat rcu/rcutorture" looks as follows:
409
410rcutorture test sequence: 0 (test in progress)
411rcutorture update version number: 615
412
413The first line shows the number of rcutorture tests that have completed
414since boot. If a test is currently running, the "(test in progress)"
415string will appear as shown above. The second line shows the number of
416update cycles that the current test has started, or zero if there is
417no test in progress.
418
419
420The output of "cat rcu/rcuboost" looks as follows:
421
4220:5 tasks=.... kt=W ntb=0 neb=0 nnb=0 j=2f95 bt=300f
423 balk: nt=0 egt=989 bt=0 nb=0 ny=0 nos=16
4246:7 tasks=.... kt=W ntb=0 neb=0 nnb=0 j=2f95 bt=300f
425 balk: nt=0 egt=225 bt=0 nb=0 ny=0 nos=6
426
427This information is output only for rcu_preempt. Each two-line entry
428corresponds to a leaf rcu_node strcuture. The fields are as follows:
429
430o "n:m" is the CPU-number range for the corresponding two-line
431 entry. In the sample output above, the first entry covers
432 CPUs zero through five and the second entry covers CPUs 6
433 and 7.
434
435o "tasks=TNEB" gives the state of the various segments of the
436 rnp->blocked_tasks list:
437
438 "T" This indicates that there are some tasks that blocked
439 while running on one of the corresponding CPUs while
440 in an RCU read-side critical section.
441
442 "N" This indicates that some of the blocked tasks are preventing
443 the current normal (non-expedited) grace period from
444 completing.
445
446 "E" This indicates that some of the blocked tasks are preventing
447 the current expedited grace period from completing.
448
449 "B" This indicates that some of the blocked tasks are in
450 need of RCU priority boosting.
451
452 Each character is replaced with "." if the corresponding
453 condition does not hold.
454
455o "kt" is the state of the RCU priority-boosting kernel
456 thread associated with the corresponding rcu_node structure.
457 The state can be one of the following:
458
459 "S" The kernel thread is stopped, in other words, all
460 CPUs corresponding to this rcu_node structure are
461 offline.
462
463 "R" The kernel thread is running.
464
465 "W" The kernel thread is waiting because there is no work
466 for it to do.
467
468 "Y" The kernel thread is yielding to avoid hogging CPU.
469
470 "?" Unknown value, indicates a bug.
471
472o "ntb" is the number of tasks boosted.
473
474o "neb" is the number of tasks boosted in order to complete an
475 expedited grace period.
476
477o "nnb" is the number of tasks boosted in order to complete a
478 normal (non-expedited) grace period. When boosting a task
479 that was blocking both an expedited and a normal grace period,
480 it is counted against the expedited total above.
481
482o "j" is the low-order 16 bits of the jiffies counter in
483 hexadecimal.
484
485o "bt" is the low-order 16 bits of the value that the jiffies
486 counter will have when we next start boosting, assuming that
487 the current grace period does not end beforehand. This is
488 also in hexadecimal.
489
490o "balk: nt" counts the number of times we didn't boost (in
491 other words, we balked) even though it was time to boost because
492 there were no blocked tasks to boost. This situation occurs
493 when there is one blocked task on one rcu_node structure and
494 none on some other rcu_node structure.
495
496o "egt" counts the number of times we balked because although
497 there were blocked tasks, none of them were blocking the
498 current grace period, whether expedited or otherwise.
499
500o "bt" counts the number of times we balked because boosting
501 had already been initiated for the current grace period.
502
503o "nb" counts the number of times we balked because there
504 was at least one task blocking the current non-expedited grace
505 period that never had blocked. If it is already running, it
506 just won't help to boost its priority!
507
508o "ny" counts the number of times we balked because it was
509 not yet time to start boosting.
510
511o "nos" counts the number of times we balked for other
512 reasons, e.g., the grace period ended first.
513
514
331CONFIG_TINY_RCU and CONFIG_TINY_PREEMPT_RCU debugfs Files and Formats 515CONFIG_TINY_RCU and CONFIG_TINY_PREEMPT_RCU debugfs Files and Formats
332 516
333These implementations of RCU provides a single debugfs file under the 517These implementations of RCU provides a single debugfs file under the
@@ -394,9 +578,9 @@ o "neb" is the number of expedited grace periods that have had
394o "nnb" is the number of normal grace periods that have had 578o "nnb" is the number of normal grace periods that have had
395 to resort to RCU priority boosting since boot. 579 to resort to RCU priority boosting since boot.
396 580
397o "j" is the low-order 12 bits of the jiffies counter in hexadecimal. 581o "j" is the low-order 16 bits of the jiffies counter in hexadecimal.
398 582
399o "bt" is the low-order 12 bits of the value that the jiffies counter 583o "bt" is the low-order 16 bits of the value that the jiffies counter
400 will have at the next time that boosting is scheduled to begin. 584 will have at the next time that boosting is scheduled to begin.
401 585
402o In the line beginning with "normal balk", the fields are as follows: 586o In the line beginning with "normal balk", the fields are as follows:
diff --git a/Documentation/SubmittingPatches b/Documentation/SubmittingPatches
index e439cd0d3375..569f3532e138 100644
--- a/Documentation/SubmittingPatches
+++ b/Documentation/SubmittingPatches
@@ -714,10 +714,11 @@ Jeff Garzik, "Linux kernel patch submission format".
714 <http://linux.yyz.us/patch-format.html> 714 <http://linux.yyz.us/patch-format.html>
715 715
716Greg Kroah-Hartman, "How to piss off a kernel subsystem maintainer". 716Greg Kroah-Hartman, "How to piss off a kernel subsystem maintainer".
717 <http://www.kroah.com/log/2005/03/31/> 717 <http://www.kroah.com/log/linux/maintainer.html>
718 <http://www.kroah.com/log/2005/07/08/> 718 <http://www.kroah.com/log/linux/maintainer-02.html>
719 <http://www.kroah.com/log/2005/10/19/> 719 <http://www.kroah.com/log/linux/maintainer-03.html>
720 <http://www.kroah.com/log/2006/01/11/> 720 <http://www.kroah.com/log/linux/maintainer-04.html>
721 <http://www.kroah.com/log/linux/maintainer-05.html>
721 722
722NO!!!! No more huge patch bombs to linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org people! 723NO!!!! No more huge patch bombs to linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org people!
723 <http://marc.theaimsgroup.com/?l=linux-kernel&m=112112749912944&w=2> 724 <http://marc.theaimsgroup.com/?l=linux-kernel&m=112112749912944&w=2>
diff --git a/Documentation/accounting/getdelays.c b/Documentation/accounting/getdelays.c
index e9c77788a39d..f6318f6d7baf 100644
--- a/Documentation/accounting/getdelays.c
+++ b/Documentation/accounting/getdelays.c
@@ -177,6 +177,8 @@ static int get_family_id(int sd)
177 rc = send_cmd(sd, GENL_ID_CTRL, getpid(), CTRL_CMD_GETFAMILY, 177 rc = send_cmd(sd, GENL_ID_CTRL, getpid(), CTRL_CMD_GETFAMILY,
178 CTRL_ATTR_FAMILY_NAME, (void *)name, 178 CTRL_ATTR_FAMILY_NAME, (void *)name,
179 strlen(TASKSTATS_GENL_NAME)+1); 179 strlen(TASKSTATS_GENL_NAME)+1);
180 if (rc < 0)
181 return 0; /* sendto() failure? */
180 182
181 rep_len = recv(sd, &ans, sizeof(ans), 0); 183 rep_len = recv(sd, &ans, sizeof(ans), 0);
182 if (ans.n.nlmsg_type == NLMSG_ERROR || 184 if (ans.n.nlmsg_type == NLMSG_ERROR ||
@@ -191,30 +193,37 @@ static int get_family_id(int sd)
191 return id; 193 return id;
192} 194}
193 195
196#define average_ms(t, c) (t / 1000000ULL / (c ? c : 1))
197
194static void print_delayacct(struct taskstats *t) 198static void print_delayacct(struct taskstats *t)
195{ 199{
196 printf("\n\nCPU %15s%15s%15s%15s\n" 200 printf("\n\nCPU %15s%15s%15s%15s%15s\n"
197 " %15llu%15llu%15llu%15llu\n" 201 " %15llu%15llu%15llu%15llu%15.3fms\n"
198 "IO %15s%15s\n" 202 "IO %15s%15s%15s\n"
199 " %15llu%15llu\n" 203 " %15llu%15llu%15llums\n"
200 "SWAP %15s%15s\n" 204 "SWAP %15s%15s%15s\n"
201 " %15llu%15llu\n" 205 " %15llu%15llu%15llums\n"
202 "RECLAIM %12s%15s\n" 206 "RECLAIM %12s%15s%15s\n"
203 " %15llu%15llu\n", 207 " %15llu%15llu%15llums\n",
204 "count", "real total", "virtual total", "delay total", 208 "count", "real total", "virtual total",
209 "delay total", "delay average",
205 (unsigned long long)t->cpu_count, 210 (unsigned long long)t->cpu_count,
206 (unsigned long long)t->cpu_run_real_total, 211 (unsigned long long)t->cpu_run_real_total,
207 (unsigned long long)t->cpu_run_virtual_total, 212 (unsigned long long)t->cpu_run_virtual_total,
208 (unsigned long long)t->cpu_delay_total, 213 (unsigned long long)t->cpu_delay_total,
209 "count", "delay total", 214 average_ms((double)t->cpu_delay_total, t->cpu_count),
215 "count", "delay total", "delay average",
210 (unsigned long long)t->blkio_count, 216 (unsigned long long)t->blkio_count,
211 (unsigned long long)t->blkio_delay_total, 217 (unsigned long long)t->blkio_delay_total,
212 "count", "delay total", 218 average_ms(t->blkio_delay_total, t->blkio_count),
219 "count", "delay total", "delay average",
213 (unsigned long long)t->swapin_count, 220 (unsigned long long)t->swapin_count,
214 (unsigned long long)t->swapin_delay_total, 221 (unsigned long long)t->swapin_delay_total,
215 "count", "delay total", 222 average_ms(t->swapin_delay_total, t->swapin_count),
223 "count", "delay total", "delay average",
216 (unsigned long long)t->freepages_count, 224 (unsigned long long)t->freepages_count,
217 (unsigned long long)t->freepages_delay_total); 225 (unsigned long long)t->freepages_delay_total,
226 average_ms(t->freepages_delay_total, t->freepages_count));
218} 227}
219 228
220static void task_context_switch_counts(struct taskstats *t) 229static void task_context_switch_counts(struct taskstats *t)
@@ -433,8 +442,6 @@ int main(int argc, char *argv[])
433 } 442 }
434 443
435 do { 444 do {
436 int i;
437
438 rep_len = recv(nl_sd, &msg, sizeof(msg), 0); 445 rep_len = recv(nl_sd, &msg, sizeof(msg), 0);
439 PRINTF("received %d bytes\n", rep_len); 446 PRINTF("received %d bytes\n", rep_len);
440 447
@@ -459,7 +466,6 @@ int main(int argc, char *argv[])
459 466
460 na = (struct nlattr *) GENLMSG_DATA(&msg); 467 na = (struct nlattr *) GENLMSG_DATA(&msg);
461 len = 0; 468 len = 0;
462 i = 0;
463 while (len < rep_len) { 469 while (len < rep_len) {
464 len += NLA_ALIGN(na->nla_len); 470 len += NLA_ALIGN(na->nla_len);
465 switch (na->nla_type) { 471 switch (na->nla_type) {
diff --git a/Documentation/atomic_ops.txt b/Documentation/atomic_ops.txt
index ac4d47187122..3bd585b44927 100644
--- a/Documentation/atomic_ops.txt
+++ b/Documentation/atomic_ops.txt
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ Also, it should be made opaque such that any kind of cast to a normal
12C integer type will fail. Something like the following should 12C integer type will fail. Something like the following should
13suffice: 13suffice:
14 14
15 typedef struct { volatile int counter; } atomic_t; 15 typedef struct { int counter; } atomic_t;
16 16
17Historically, counter has been declared volatile. This is now discouraged. 17Historically, counter has been declared volatile. This is now discouraged.
18See Documentation/volatile-considered-harmful.txt for the complete rationale. 18See Documentation/volatile-considered-harmful.txt for the complete rationale.
diff --git a/Documentation/blockdev/cciss.txt b/Documentation/blockdev/cciss.txt
index 89698e8df7d4..c00c6a5ab21f 100644
--- a/Documentation/blockdev/cciss.txt
+++ b/Documentation/blockdev/cciss.txt
@@ -169,3 +169,18 @@ is issued which positions the tape to a known position. Typically you
169must rewind the tape (by issuing "mt -f /dev/st0 rewind" for example) 169must rewind the tape (by issuing "mt -f /dev/st0 rewind" for example)
170before i/o can proceed again to a tape drive which was reset. 170before i/o can proceed again to a tape drive which was reset.
171 171
172There is a cciss_tape_cmds module parameter which can be used to make cciss
173allocate more commands for use by tape drives. Ordinarily only a few commands
174(6) are allocated for tape drives because tape drives are slow and
175infrequently used and the primary purpose of Smart Array controllers is to
176act as a RAID controller for disk drives, so the vast majority of commands
177are allocated for disk devices. However, if you have more than a few tape
178drives attached to a smart array, the default number of commands may not be
179enought (for example, if you have 8 tape drives, you could only rewind 6
180at one time with the default number of commands.) The cciss_tape_cmds module
181parameter allows more commands (up to 16 more) to be allocated for use by
182tape drives. For example:
183
184 insmod cciss.ko cciss_tape_cmds=16
185
186Or, as a kernel boot parameter passed in via grub: cciss.cciss_tape_cmds=8
diff --git a/Documentation/cachetlb.txt b/Documentation/cachetlb.txt
index 9164ae3b83bc..9b728dc17535 100644
--- a/Documentation/cachetlb.txt
+++ b/Documentation/cachetlb.txt
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ on all processors in the system. Don't let this scare you into
16thinking SMP cache/tlb flushing must be so inefficient, this is in 16thinking SMP cache/tlb flushing must be so inefficient, this is in
17fact an area where many optimizations are possible. For example, 17fact an area where many optimizations are possible. For example,
18if it can be proven that a user address space has never executed 18if it can be proven that a user address space has never executed
19on a cpu (see vma->cpu_vm_mask), one need not perform a flush 19on a cpu (see mm_cpumask()), one need not perform a flush
20for this address space on that cpu. 20for this address space on that cpu.
21 21
22First, the TLB flushing interfaces, since they are the simplest. The 22First, the TLB flushing interfaces, since they are the simplest. The
diff --git a/Documentation/cgroups/cgroups.txt b/Documentation/cgroups/cgroups.txt
index aedf1bd02fdd..0ed99f08f1f3 100644
--- a/Documentation/cgroups/cgroups.txt
+++ b/Documentation/cgroups/cgroups.txt
@@ -236,7 +236,8 @@ containing the following files describing that cgroup:
236 - cgroup.procs: list of tgids in the cgroup. This list is not 236 - cgroup.procs: list of tgids in the cgroup. This list is not
237 guaranteed to be sorted or free of duplicate tgids, and userspace 237 guaranteed to be sorted or free of duplicate tgids, and userspace
238 should sort/uniquify the list if this property is required. 238 should sort/uniquify the list if this property is required.
239 This is a read-only file, for now. 239 Writing a thread group id into this file moves all threads in that
240 group into this cgroup.
240 - notify_on_release flag: run the release agent on exit? 241 - notify_on_release flag: run the release agent on exit?
241 - release_agent: the path to use for release notifications (this file 242 - release_agent: the path to use for release notifications (this file
242 exists in the top cgroup only) 243 exists in the top cgroup only)
@@ -430,6 +431,12 @@ You can attach the current shell task by echoing 0:
430 431
431# echo 0 > tasks 432# echo 0 > tasks
432 433
434You can use the cgroup.procs file instead of the tasks file to move all
435threads in a threadgroup at once. Echoing the pid of any task in a
436threadgroup to cgroup.procs causes all tasks in that threadgroup to be
437be attached to the cgroup. Writing 0 to cgroup.procs moves all tasks
438in the writing task's threadgroup.
439
433Note: Since every task is always a member of exactly one cgroup in each 440Note: Since every task is always a member of exactly one cgroup in each
434mounted hierarchy, to remove a task from its current cgroup you must 441mounted hierarchy, to remove a task from its current cgroup you must
435move it into a new cgroup (possibly the root cgroup) by writing to the 442move it into a new cgroup (possibly the root cgroup) by writing to the
@@ -575,7 +582,7 @@ rmdir() will fail with it. From this behavior, pre_destroy() can be
575called multiple times against a cgroup. 582called multiple times against a cgroup.
576 583
577int can_attach(struct cgroup_subsys *ss, struct cgroup *cgrp, 584int can_attach(struct cgroup_subsys *ss, struct cgroup *cgrp,
578 struct task_struct *task, bool threadgroup) 585 struct task_struct *task)
579(cgroup_mutex held by caller) 586(cgroup_mutex held by caller)
580 587
581Called prior to moving a task into a cgroup; if the subsystem 588Called prior to moving a task into a cgroup; if the subsystem
@@ -584,9 +591,14 @@ task is passed, then a successful result indicates that *any*
584unspecified task can be moved into the cgroup. Note that this isn't 591unspecified task can be moved into the cgroup. Note that this isn't
585called on a fork. If this method returns 0 (success) then this should 592called on a fork. If this method returns 0 (success) then this should
586remain valid while the caller holds cgroup_mutex and it is ensured that either 593remain valid while the caller holds cgroup_mutex and it is ensured that either
587attach() or cancel_attach() will be called in future. If threadgroup is 594attach() or cancel_attach() will be called in future.
588true, then a successful result indicates that all threads in the given 595
589thread's threadgroup can be moved together. 596int can_attach_task(struct cgroup *cgrp, struct task_struct *tsk);
597(cgroup_mutex held by caller)
598
599As can_attach, but for operations that must be run once per task to be
600attached (possibly many when using cgroup_attach_proc). Called after
601can_attach.
590 602
591void cancel_attach(struct cgroup_subsys *ss, struct cgroup *cgrp, 603void cancel_attach(struct cgroup_subsys *ss, struct cgroup *cgrp,
592 struct task_struct *task, bool threadgroup) 604 struct task_struct *task, bool threadgroup)
@@ -598,15 +610,24 @@ function, so that the subsystem can implement a rollback. If not, not necessary.
598This will be called only about subsystems whose can_attach() operation have 610This will be called only about subsystems whose can_attach() operation have
599succeeded. 611succeeded.
600 612
613void pre_attach(struct cgroup *cgrp);
614(cgroup_mutex held by caller)
615
616For any non-per-thread attachment work that needs to happen before
617attach_task. Needed by cpuset.
618
601void attach(struct cgroup_subsys *ss, struct cgroup *cgrp, 619void attach(struct cgroup_subsys *ss, struct cgroup *cgrp,
602 struct cgroup *old_cgrp, struct task_struct *task, 620 struct cgroup *old_cgrp, struct task_struct *task)
603 bool threadgroup)
604(cgroup_mutex held by caller) 621(cgroup_mutex held by caller)
605 622
606Called after the task has been attached to the cgroup, to allow any 623Called after the task has been attached to the cgroup, to allow any
607post-attachment activity that requires memory allocations or blocking. 624post-attachment activity that requires memory allocations or blocking.
608If threadgroup is true, the subsystem should take care of all threads 625
609in the specified thread's threadgroup. Currently does not support any 626void attach_task(struct cgroup *cgrp, struct task_struct *tsk);
627(cgroup_mutex held by caller)
628
629As attach, but for operations that must be run once per task to be attached,
630like can_attach_task. Called before attach. Currently does not support any
610subsystem that might need the old_cgrp for every thread in the group. 631subsystem that might need the old_cgrp for every thread in the group.
611 632
612void fork(struct cgroup_subsy *ss, struct task_struct *task) 633void fork(struct cgroup_subsy *ss, struct task_struct *task)
@@ -630,7 +651,7 @@ always handled well.
630void post_clone(struct cgroup_subsys *ss, struct cgroup *cgrp) 651void post_clone(struct cgroup_subsys *ss, struct cgroup *cgrp)
631(cgroup_mutex held by caller) 652(cgroup_mutex held by caller)
632 653
633Called at the end of cgroup_clone() to do any parameter 654Called during cgroup_create() to do any parameter
634initialization which might be required before a task could attach. For 655initialization which might be required before a task could attach. For
635example in cpusets, no task may attach before 'cpus' and 'mems' are set 656example in cpusets, no task may attach before 'cpus' and 'mems' are set
636up. 657up.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/fsl-sec4.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/fsl-sec4.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..bf57ecd5d73a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/fsl-sec4.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,397 @@
1=====================================================================
2SEC 4 Device Tree Binding
3Copyright (C) 2008-2011 Freescale Semiconductor Inc.
4
5 CONTENTS
6 -Overview
7 -SEC 4 Node
8 -Job Ring Node
9 -Run Time Integrity Check (RTIC) Node
10 -Run Time Integrity Check (RTIC) Memory Node
11 -Secure Non-Volatile Storage (SNVS) Node
12 -Full Example
13
14NOTE: the SEC 4 is also known as Freescale's Cryptographic Accelerator
15Accelerator and Assurance Module (CAAM).
16
17=====================================================================
18Overview
19
20DESCRIPTION
21
22SEC 4 h/w can process requests from 2 types of sources.
231. DPAA Queue Interface (HW interface between Queue Manager & SEC 4).
242. Job Rings (HW interface between cores & SEC 4 registers).
25
26High Speed Data Path Configuration:
27
28HW interface between QM & SEC 4 and also BM & SEC 4, on DPAA-enabled parts
29such as the P4080. The number of simultaneous dequeues the QI can make is
30equal to the number of Descriptor Controller (DECO) engines in a particular
31SEC version. E.g., the SEC 4.0 in the P4080 has 5 DECOs and can thus
32dequeue from 5 subportals simultaneously.
33
34Job Ring Data Path Configuration:
35
36Each JR is located on a separate 4k page, they may (or may not) be made visible
37in the memory partition devoted to a particular core. The P4080 has 4 JRs, so
38up to 4 JRs can be configured; and all 4 JRs process requests in parallel.
39
40=====================================================================
41SEC 4 Node
42
43Description
44
45 Node defines the base address of the SEC 4 block.
46 This block specifies the address range of all global
47 configuration registers for the SEC 4 block. It
48 also receives interrupts from the Run Time Integrity Check
49 (RTIC) function within the SEC 4 block.
50
51PROPERTIES
52
53 - compatible
54 Usage: required
55 Value type: <string>
56 Definition: Must include "fsl,sec-v4.0"
57
58 - #address-cells
59 Usage: required
60 Value type: <u32>
61 Definition: A standard property. Defines the number of cells
62 for representing physical addresses in child nodes.
63
64 - #size-cells
65 Usage: required
66 Value type: <u32>
67 Definition: A standard property. Defines the number of cells
68 for representing the size of physical addresses in
69 child nodes.
70
71 - reg
72 Usage: required
73 Value type: <prop-encoded-array>
74 Definition: A standard property. Specifies the physical
75 address and length of the SEC4 configuration registers.
76 registers
77
78 - ranges
79 Usage: required
80 Value type: <prop-encoded-array>
81 Definition: A standard property. Specifies the physical address
82 range of the SEC 4.0 register space (-SNVS not included). A
83 triplet that includes the child address, parent address, &
84 length.
85
86 - interrupts
87 Usage: required
88 Value type: <prop_encoded-array>
89 Definition: Specifies the interrupts generated by this
90 device. The value of the interrupts property
91 consists of one interrupt specifier. The format
92 of the specifier is defined by the binding document
93 describing the node's interrupt parent.
94
95 - interrupt-parent
96 Usage: (required if interrupt property is defined)
97 Value type: <phandle>
98 Definition: A single <phandle> value that points
99 to the interrupt parent to which the child domain
100 is being mapped.
101
102 Note: All other standard properties (see the ePAPR) are allowed
103 but are optional.
104
105
106EXAMPLE
107 crypto@300000 {
108 compatible = "fsl,sec-v4.0";
109 #address-cells = <1>;
110 #size-cells = <1>;
111 reg = <0x300000 0x10000>;
112 ranges = <0 0x300000 0x10000>;
113 interrupt-parent = <&mpic>;
114 interrupts = <92 2>;
115 };
116
117=====================================================================
118Job Ring (JR) Node
119
120 Child of the crypto node defines data processing interface to SEC 4
121 across the peripheral bus for purposes of processing
122 cryptographic descriptors. The specified address
123 range can be made visible to one (or more) cores.
124 The interrupt defined for this node is controlled within
125 the address range of this node.
126
127 - compatible
128 Usage: required
129 Value type: <string>
130 Definition: Must include "fsl,sec-v4.0-job-ring"
131
132 - reg
133 Usage: required
134 Value type: <prop-encoded-array>
135 Definition: Specifies a two JR parameters: an offset from
136 the parent physical address and the length the JR registers.
137
138 - fsl,liodn
139 Usage: optional-but-recommended
140 Value type: <prop-encoded-array>
141 Definition:
142 Specifies the LIODN to be used in conjunction with
143 the ppid-to-liodn table that specifies the PPID to LIODN mapping.
144 Needed if the PAMU is used. Value is a 12 bit value
145 where value is a LIODN ID for this JR. This property is
146 normally set by boot firmware.
147
148 - interrupts
149 Usage: required
150 Value type: <prop_encoded-array>
151 Definition: Specifies the interrupts generated by this
152 device. The value of the interrupts property
153 consists of one interrupt specifier. The format
154 of the specifier is defined by the binding document
155 describing the node's interrupt parent.
156
157 - interrupt-parent
158 Usage: (required if interrupt property is defined)
159 Value type: <phandle>
160 Definition: A single <phandle> value that points
161 to the interrupt parent to which the child domain
162 is being mapped.
163
164EXAMPLE
165 jr@1000 {
166 compatible = "fsl,sec-v4.0-job-ring";
167 reg = <0x1000 0x1000>;
168 fsl,liodn = <0x081>;
169 interrupt-parent = <&mpic>;
170 interrupts = <88 2>;
171 };
172
173
174=====================================================================
175Run Time Integrity Check (RTIC) Node
176
177 Child node of the crypto node. Defines a register space that
178 contains up to 5 sets of addresses and their lengths (sizes) that
179 will be checked at run time. After an initial hash result is
180 calculated, these addresses are checked by HW to monitor any
181 change. If any memory is modified, a Security Violation is
182 triggered (see SNVS definition).
183
184
185 - compatible
186 Usage: required
187 Value type: <string>
188 Definition: Must include "fsl,sec-v4.0-rtic".
189
190 - #address-cells
191 Usage: required
192 Value type: <u32>
193 Definition: A standard property. Defines the number of cells
194 for representing physical addresses in child nodes. Must
195 have a value of 1.
196
197 - #size-cells
198 Usage: required
199 Value type: <u32>
200 Definition: A standard property. Defines the number of cells
201 for representing the size of physical addresses in
202 child nodes. Must have a value of 1.
203
204 - reg
205 Usage: required
206 Value type: <prop-encoded-array>
207 Definition: A standard property. Specifies a two parameters:
208 an offset from the parent physical address and the length
209 the SEC4 registers.
210
211 - ranges
212 Usage: required
213 Value type: <prop-encoded-array>
214 Definition: A standard property. Specifies the physical address
215 range of the SEC 4 register space (-SNVS not included). A
216 triplet that includes the child address, parent address, &
217 length.
218
219EXAMPLE
220 rtic@6000 {
221 compatible = "fsl,sec-v4.0-rtic";
222 #address-cells = <1>;
223 #size-cells = <1>;
224 reg = <0x6000 0x100>;
225 ranges = <0x0 0x6100 0xe00>;
226 };
227
228=====================================================================
229Run Time Integrity Check (RTIC) Memory Node
230 A child node that defines individual RTIC memory regions that are used to
231 perform run-time integrity check of memory areas that should not modified.
232 The node defines a register that contains the memory address &
233 length (combined) and a second register that contains the hash result
234 in big endian format.
235
236 - compatible
237 Usage: required
238 Value type: <string>
239 Definition: Must include "fsl,sec-v4.0-rtic-memory".
240
241 - reg
242 Usage: required
243 Value type: <prop-encoded-array>
244 Definition: A standard property. Specifies two parameters:
245 an offset from the parent physical address and the length:
246
247 1. The location of the RTIC memory address & length registers.
248 2. The location RTIC hash result.
249
250 - fsl,rtic-region
251 Usage: optional-but-recommended
252 Value type: <prop-encoded-array>
253 Definition:
254 Specifies the HW address (36 bit address) for this region
255 followed by the length of the HW partition to be checked;
256 the address is represented as a 64 bit quantity followed
257 by a 32 bit length.
258
259 - fsl,liodn
260 Usage: optional-but-recommended
261 Value type: <prop-encoded-array>
262 Definition:
263 Specifies the LIODN to be used in conjunction with
264 the ppid-to-liodn table that specifies the PPID to LIODN
265 mapping. Needed if the PAMU is used. Value is a 12 bit value
266 where value is a LIODN ID for this RTIC memory region. This
267 property is normally set by boot firmware.
268
269EXAMPLE
270 rtic-a@0 {
271 compatible = "fsl,sec-v4.0-rtic-memory";
272 reg = <0x00 0x20 0x100 0x80>;
273 fsl,liodn = <0x03c>;
274 fsl,rtic-region = <0x12345678 0x12345678 0x12345678>;
275 };
276
277=====================================================================
278Secure Non-Volatile Storage (SNVS) Node
279
280 Node defines address range and the associated
281 interrupt for the SNVS function. This function
282 monitors security state information & reports
283 security violations.
284
285 - compatible
286 Usage: required
287 Value type: <string>
288 Definition: Must include "fsl,sec-v4.0-mon".
289
290 - reg
291 Usage: required
292 Value type: <prop-encoded-array>
293 Definition: A standard property. Specifies the physical
294 address and length of the SEC4 configuration
295 registers.
296
297 - interrupts
298 Usage: required
299 Value type: <prop_encoded-array>
300 Definition: Specifies the interrupts generated by this
301 device. The value of the interrupts property
302 consists of one interrupt specifier. The format
303 of the specifier is defined by the binding document
304 describing the node's interrupt parent.
305
306 - interrupt-parent
307 Usage: (required if interrupt property is defined)
308 Value type: <phandle>
309 Definition: A single <phandle> value that points
310 to the interrupt parent to which the child domain
311 is being mapped.
312
313EXAMPLE
314 sec_mon@314000 {
315 compatible = "fsl,sec-v4.0-mon";
316 reg = <0x314000 0x1000>;
317 interrupt-parent = <&mpic>;
318 interrupts = <93 2>;
319 };
320
321=====================================================================
322FULL EXAMPLE
323
324 crypto: crypto@300000 {
325 compatible = "fsl,sec-v4.0";
326 #address-cells = <1>;
327 #size-cells = <1>;
328 reg = <0x300000 0x10000>;
329 ranges = <0 0x300000 0x10000>;
330 interrupt-parent = <&mpic>;
331 interrupts = <92 2>;
332
333 sec_jr0: jr@1000 {
334 compatible = "fsl,sec-v4.0-job-ring";
335 reg = <0x1000 0x1000>;
336 interrupt-parent = <&mpic>;
337 interrupts = <88 2>;
338 };
339
340 sec_jr1: jr@2000 {
341 compatible = "fsl,sec-v4.0-job-ring";
342 reg = <0x2000 0x1000>;
343 interrupt-parent = <&mpic>;
344 interrupts = <89 2>;
345 };
346
347 sec_jr2: jr@3000 {
348 compatible = "fsl,sec-v4.0-job-ring";
349 reg = <0x3000 0x1000>;
350 interrupt-parent = <&mpic>;
351 interrupts = <90 2>;
352 };
353
354 sec_jr3: jr@4000 {
355 compatible = "fsl,sec-v4.0-job-ring";
356 reg = <0x4000 0x1000>;
357 interrupt-parent = <&mpic>;
358 interrupts = <91 2>;
359 };
360
361 rtic@6000 {
362 compatible = "fsl,sec-v4.0-rtic";
363 #address-cells = <1>;
364 #size-cells = <1>;
365 reg = <0x6000 0x100>;
366 ranges = <0x0 0x6100 0xe00>;
367
368 rtic_a: rtic-a@0 {
369 compatible = "fsl,sec-v4.0-rtic-memory";
370 reg = <0x00 0x20 0x100 0x80>;
371 };
372
373 rtic_b: rtic-b@20 {
374 compatible = "fsl,sec-v4.0-rtic-memory";
375 reg = <0x20 0x20 0x200 0x80>;
376 };
377
378 rtic_c: rtic-c@40 {
379 compatible = "fsl,sec-v4.0-rtic-memory";
380 reg = <0x40 0x20 0x300 0x80>;
381 };
382
383 rtic_d: rtic-d@60 {
384 compatible = "fsl,sec-v4.0-rtic-memory";
385 reg = <0x60 0x20 0x500 0x80>;
386 };
387 };
388 };
389
390 sec_mon: sec_mon@314000 {
391 compatible = "fsl,sec-v4.0-mon";
392 reg = <0x314000 0x1000>;
393 interrupt-parent = <&mpic>;
394 interrupts = <93 2>;
395 };
396
397=====================================================================
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/can/fsl-flexcan.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/can/fsl-flexcan.txt
new file mode 100755
index 000000000000..1a729f089866
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/can/fsl-flexcan.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
1CAN Device Tree Bindings
2------------------------
32011 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.
4
5fsl,flexcan-v1.0 nodes
6-----------------------
7In addition to the required compatible-, reg- and interrupt-properties, you can
8also specify which clock source shall be used for the controller.
9
10CPI Clock- Can Protocol Interface Clock
11 This CLK_SRC bit of CTRL(control register) selects the clock source to
12 the CAN Protocol Interface(CPI) to be either the peripheral clock
13 (driven by the PLL) or the crystal oscillator clock. The selected clock
14 is the one fed to the prescaler to generate the Serial Clock (Sclock).
15 The PRESDIV field of CTRL(control register) controls a prescaler that
16 generates the Serial Clock (Sclock), whose period defines the
17 time quantum used to compose the CAN waveform.
18
19Can Engine Clock Source
20 There are two sources for CAN clock
21 - Platform Clock It represents the bus clock
22 - Oscillator Clock
23
24 Peripheral Clock (PLL)
25 --------------
26 |
27 --------- -------------
28 | |CPI Clock | Prescaler | Sclock
29 | |---------------->| (1.. 256) |------------>
30 --------- -------------
31 | |
32 -------------- ---------------------CLK_SRC
33 Oscillator Clock
34
35- fsl,flexcan-clock-source : CAN Engine Clock Source.This property selects
36 the peripheral clock. PLL clock is fed to the
37 prescaler to generate the Serial Clock (Sclock).
38 Valid values are "oscillator" and "platform"
39 "oscillator": CAN engine clock source is oscillator clock.
40 "platform" The CAN engine clock source is the bus clock
41 (platform clock).
42
43- fsl,flexcan-clock-divider : for the reference and system clock, an additional
44 clock divider can be specified.
45- clock-frequency: frequency required to calculate the bitrate for FlexCAN.
46
47Note:
48 - v1.0 of flexcan-v1.0 represent the IP block version for P1010 SOC.
49 - P1010 does not have oscillator as the Clock Source.So the default
50 Clock Source is platform clock.
51Examples:
52
53 can0@1c000 {
54 compatible = "fsl,flexcan-v1.0";
55 reg = <0x1c000 0x1000>;
56 interrupts = <48 0x2>;
57 interrupt-parent = <&mpic>;
58 fsl,flexcan-clock-source = "platform";
59 fsl,flexcan-clock-divider = <2>;
60 clock-frequency = <fixed by u-boot>;
61 };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/fsl-tsec-phy.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/fsl-tsec-phy.txt
index edb7ae19e868..2c6be0377f55 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/fsl-tsec-phy.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/fsl-tsec-phy.txt
@@ -74,3 +74,57 @@ Example:
74 interrupt-parent = <&mpic>; 74 interrupt-parent = <&mpic>;
75 phy-handle = <&phy0> 75 phy-handle = <&phy0>
76 }; 76 };
77
78* Gianfar PTP clock nodes
79
80General Properties:
81
82 - compatible Should be "fsl,etsec-ptp"
83 - reg Offset and length of the register set for the device
84 - interrupts There should be at least two interrupts. Some devices
85 have as many as four PTP related interrupts.
86
87Clock Properties:
88
89 - fsl,tclk-period Timer reference clock period in nanoseconds.
90 - fsl,tmr-prsc Prescaler, divides the output clock.
91 - fsl,tmr-add Frequency compensation value.
92 - fsl,tmr-fiper1 Fixed interval period pulse generator.
93 - fsl,tmr-fiper2 Fixed interval period pulse generator.
94 - fsl,max-adj Maximum frequency adjustment in parts per billion.
95
96 These properties set the operational parameters for the PTP
97 clock. You must choose these carefully for the clock to work right.
98 Here is how to figure good values:
99
100 TimerOsc = system clock MHz
101 tclk_period = desired clock period nanoseconds
102 NominalFreq = 1000 / tclk_period MHz
103 FreqDivRatio = TimerOsc / NominalFreq (must be greater that 1.0)
104 tmr_add = ceil(2^32 / FreqDivRatio)
105 OutputClock = NominalFreq / tmr_prsc MHz
106 PulseWidth = 1 / OutputClock microseconds
107 FiperFreq1 = desired frequency in Hz
108 FiperDiv1 = 1000000 * OutputClock / FiperFreq1
109 tmr_fiper1 = tmr_prsc * tclk_period * FiperDiv1 - tclk_period
110 max_adj = 1000000000 * (FreqDivRatio - 1.0) - 1
111
112 The calculation for tmr_fiper2 is the same as for tmr_fiper1. The
113 driver expects that tmr_fiper1 will be correctly set to produce a 1
114 Pulse Per Second (PPS) signal, since this will be offered to the PPS
115 subsystem to synchronize the Linux clock.
116
117Example:
118
119 ptp_clock@24E00 {
120 compatible = "fsl,etsec-ptp";
121 reg = <0x24E00 0xB0>;
122 interrupts = <12 0x8 13 0x8>;
123 interrupt-parent = < &ipic >;
124 fsl,tclk-period = <10>;
125 fsl,tmr-prsc = <100>;
126 fsl,tmr-add = <0x999999A4>;
127 fsl,tmr-fiper1 = <0x3B9AC9F6>;
128 fsl,tmr-fiper2 = <0x00018696>;
129 fsl,max-adj = <659999998>;
130 };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/ifc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/ifc.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..939a26d541f6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/ifc.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
1Integrated Flash Controller
2
3Properties:
4- name : Should be ifc
5- compatible : should contain "fsl,ifc". The version of the integrated
6 flash controller can be found in the IFC_REV register at
7 offset zero.
8
9- #address-cells : Should be either two or three. The first cell is the
10 chipselect number, and the remaining cells are the
11 offset into the chipselect.
12- #size-cells : Either one or two, depending on how large each chipselect
13 can be.
14- reg : Offset and length of the register set for the device
15- interrupts : IFC has two interrupts. The first one is the "common"
16 interrupt(CM_EVTER_STAT), and second is the NAND interrupt
17 (NAND_EVTER_STAT).
18
19- ranges : Each range corresponds to a single chipselect, and covers
20 the entire access window as configured.
21
22Child device nodes describe the devices connected to IFC such as NOR (e.g.
23cfi-flash) and NAND (fsl,ifc-nand). There might be board specific devices
24like FPGAs, CPLDs, etc.
25
26Example:
27
28 ifc@ffe1e000 {
29 compatible = "fsl,ifc", "simple-bus";
30 #address-cells = <2>;
31 #size-cells = <1>;
32 reg = <0x0 0xffe1e000 0 0x2000>;
33 interrupts = <16 2 19 2>;
34
35 /* NOR, NAND Flashes and CPLD on board */
36 ranges = <0x0 0x0 0x0 0xee000000 0x02000000
37 0x1 0x0 0x0 0xffa00000 0x00010000
38 0x3 0x0 0x0 0xffb00000 0x00020000>;
39
40 flash@0,0 {
41 #address-cells = <1>;
42 #size-cells = <1>;
43 compatible = "cfi-flash";
44 reg = <0x0 0x0 0x2000000>;
45 bank-width = <2>;
46 device-width = <1>;
47
48 partition@0 {
49 /* 32MB for user data */
50 reg = <0x0 0x02000000>;
51 label = "NOR Data";
52 };
53 };
54
55 flash@1,0 {
56 #address-cells = <1>;
57 #size-cells = <1>;
58 compatible = "fsl,ifc-nand";
59 reg = <0x1 0x0 0x10000>;
60
61 partition@0 {
62 /* This location must not be altered */
63 /* 1MB for u-boot Bootloader Image */
64 reg = <0x0 0x00100000>;
65 label = "NAND U-Boot Image";
66 read-only;
67 };
68 };
69
70 cpld@3,0 {
71 #address-cells = <1>;
72 #size-cells = <1>;
73 compatible = "fsl,p1010rdb-cpld";
74 reg = <0x3 0x0 0x000001f>;
75 };
76 };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/mpic-timer.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/mpic-timer.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..df41958140e8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/mpic-timer.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
1* Freescale MPIC timers
2
3Required properties:
4- compatible: "fsl,mpic-global-timer"
5
6- reg : Contains two regions. The first is the main timer register bank
7 (GTCCRxx, GTBCRxx, GTVPRxx, GTDRxx). The second is the timer control
8 register (TCRx) for the group.
9
10- fsl,available-ranges: use <start count> style section to define which
11 timer interrupts can be used. This property is optional; without this,
12 all timers within the group can be used.
13
14- interrupts: one interrupt per timer in the group, in order, starting
15 with timer zero. If timer-available-ranges is present, only the
16 interrupts that correspond to available timers shall be present.
17
18Example:
19 /* Note that this requires #interrupt-cells to be 4 */
20 timer0: timer@41100 {
21 compatible = "fsl,mpic-global-timer";
22 reg = <0x41100 0x100 0x41300 4>;
23
24 /* Another AMP partition is using timers 0 and 1 */
25 fsl,available-ranges = <2 2>;
26
27 interrupts = <2 0 3 0
28 3 0 3 0>;
29 };
30
31 timer1: timer@42100 {
32 compatible = "fsl,mpic-global-timer";
33 reg = <0x42100 0x100 0x42300 4>;
34 interrupts = <4 0 3 0
35 5 0 3 0
36 6 0 3 0
37 7 0 3 0>;
38 };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/mpic.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/mpic.txt
index 4f6145859aab..2cf38bd841fd 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/mpic.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/mpic.txt
@@ -190,7 +190,7 @@ EXAMPLE 4
190 */ 190 */
191 timer0: timer@41100 { 191 timer0: timer@41100 {
192 compatible = "fsl,mpic-global-timer"; 192 compatible = "fsl,mpic-global-timer";
193 reg = <0x41100 0x100>; 193 reg = <0x41100 0x100 0x41300 4>;
194 interrupts = <0 0 3 0 194 interrupts = <0 0 3 0
195 1 0 3 0 195 1 0 3 0
196 2 0 3 0 196 2 0 3 0
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/nintendo/wii.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/nintendo/wii.txt
index a7e155a023b8..36afa322b04b 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/nintendo/wii.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/nintendo/wii.txt
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ Nintendo Wii device tree
127 - reg : should contain the SDHCI registers location and length 127 - reg : should contain the SDHCI registers location and length
128 - interrupts : should contain the SDHCI interrupt 128 - interrupts : should contain the SDHCI interrupt
129 129
1301.j) The Inter-Processsor Communication (IPC) node 1301.j) The Inter-Processor Communication (IPC) node
131 131
132 Represent the Inter-Processor Communication interface. This interface 132 Represent the Inter-Processor Communication interface. This interface
133 enables communications between the Broadway and the Starlet processors. 133 enables communications between the Broadway and the Starlet processors.
diff --git a/Documentation/dontdiff b/Documentation/dontdiff
index 470d3dba1a69..dfa6fc6e4b28 100644
--- a/Documentation/dontdiff
+++ b/Documentation/dontdiff
@@ -1,6 +1,8 @@
1*.a 1*.a
2*.aux 2*.aux
3*.bin 3*.bin
4*.bz2
5*.cis
4*.cpio 6*.cpio
5*.csp 7*.csp
6*.dsp 8*.dsp
@@ -8,6 +10,8 @@
8*.elf 10*.elf
9*.eps 11*.eps
10*.fw 12*.fw
13*.gcno
14*.gcov
11*.gen.S 15*.gen.S
12*.gif 16*.gif
13*.grep 17*.grep
@@ -19,14 +23,20 @@
19*.ko 23*.ko
20*.log 24*.log
21*.lst 25*.lst
26*.lzma
27*.lzo
28*.mo
22*.moc 29*.moc
23*.mod.c 30*.mod.c
24*.o 31*.o
25*.o.* 32*.o.*
33*.order
26*.orig 34*.orig
27*.out 35*.out
36*.patch
28*.pdf 37*.pdf
29*.png 38*.png
39*.pot
30*.ps 40*.ps
31*.rej 41*.rej
32*.s 42*.s
@@ -39,16 +49,22 @@
39*.tex 49*.tex
40*.ver 50*.ver
41*.xml 51*.xml
52*.xz
42*_MODULES 53*_MODULES
43*_vga16.c 54*_vga16.c
44*~ 55*~
56\#*#
45*.9 57*.9
46*.9.gz
47.* 58.*
59.*.d
48.mm 60.mm
4953c700_d.h 6153c700_d.h
50CVS 62CVS
51ChangeSet 63ChangeSet
64GPATH
65GRTAGS
66GSYMS
67GTAGS
52Image 68Image
53Kerntypes 69Kerntypes
54Module.markers 70Module.markers
@@ -57,15 +73,14 @@ PENDING
57SCCS 73SCCS
58System.map* 74System.map*
59TAGS 75TAGS
76aconf
77af_names.h
60aic7*reg.h* 78aic7*reg.h*
61aic7*reg_print.c* 79aic7*reg_print.c*
62aic7*seq.h* 80aic7*seq.h*
63aicasm 81aicasm
64aicdb.h* 82aicdb.h*
65altivec1.c 83altivec*.c
66altivec2.c
67altivec4.c
68altivec8.c
69asm-offsets.h 84asm-offsets.h
70asm_offsets.h 85asm_offsets.h
71autoconf.h* 86autoconf.h*
@@ -80,6 +95,7 @@ btfixupprep
80build 95build
81bvmlinux 96bvmlinux
82bzImage* 97bzImage*
98capability_names.h
83capflags.c 99capflags.c
84classlist.h* 100classlist.h*
85comp*.log 101comp*.log
@@ -88,7 +104,8 @@ conf
88config 104config
89config-* 105config-*
90config_data.h* 106config_data.h*
91config_data.gz* 107config.mak
108config.mak.autogen
92conmakehash 109conmakehash
93consolemap_deftbl.c* 110consolemap_deftbl.c*
94cpustr.h 111cpustr.h
@@ -96,7 +113,9 @@ crc32table.h*
96cscope.* 113cscope.*
97defkeymap.c 114defkeymap.c
98devlist.h* 115devlist.h*
116dnotify_test
99docproc 117docproc
118dslm
100elf2ecoff 119elf2ecoff
101elfconfig.h* 120elfconfig.h*
102evergreen_reg_safe.h 121evergreen_reg_safe.h
@@ -105,6 +124,7 @@ flask.h
105fore200e_mkfirm 124fore200e_mkfirm
106fore200e_pca_fw.c* 125fore200e_pca_fw.c*
107gconf 126gconf
127gconf.glade.h
108gen-devlist 128gen-devlist
109gen_crc32table 129gen_crc32table
110gen_init_cpio 130gen_init_cpio
@@ -112,11 +132,12 @@ generated
112genheaders 132genheaders
113genksyms 133genksyms
114*_gray256.c 134*_gray256.c
135hpet_example
136hugepage-mmap
137hugepage-shm
115ihex2fw 138ihex2fw
116ikconfig.h* 139ikconfig.h*
117inat-tables.c 140inat-tables.c
118initramfs_data.cpio
119initramfs_data.cpio.gz
120initramfs_list 141initramfs_list
121int16.c 142int16.c
122int1.c 143int1.c
@@ -133,15 +154,19 @@ kxgettext
133lkc_defs.h 154lkc_defs.h
134lex.c 155lex.c
135lex.*.c 156lex.*.c
157linux
136logo_*.c 158logo_*.c
137logo_*_clut224.c 159logo_*_clut224.c
138logo_*_mono.c 160logo_*_mono.c
139lxdialog 161lxdialog
162mach
140mach-types 163mach-types
141mach-types.h 164mach-types.h
142machtypes.h 165machtypes.h
143map 166map
167map_hugetlb
144maui_boot.h 168maui_boot.h
169media
145mconf 170mconf
146miboot* 171miboot*
147mk_elfconfig 172mk_elfconfig
@@ -150,23 +175,29 @@ mkbugboot
150mkcpustr 175mkcpustr
151mkdep 176mkdep
152mkprep 177mkprep
178mkregtable
153mktables 179mktables
154mktree 180mktree
155modpost 181modpost
156modules.builtin 182modules.builtin
157modules.order 183modules.order
158modversions.h* 184modversions.h*
185nconf
159ncscope.* 186ncscope.*
160offset.h 187offset.h
161offsets.h 188offsets.h
162oui.c* 189oui.c*
190page-types
163parse.c 191parse.c
164parse.h 192parse.h
165patches* 193patches*
166pca200e.bin 194pca200e.bin
167pca200e_ecd.bin2 195pca200e_ecd.bin2
168piggy.gz 196perf.data
197perf.data.old
198perf-archive
169piggyback 199piggyback
200piggy.gzip
170piggy.S 201piggy.S
171pnmtologo 202pnmtologo
172ppc_defs.h* 203ppc_defs.h*
@@ -177,10 +208,9 @@ r200_reg_safe.h
177r300_reg_safe.h 208r300_reg_safe.h
178r420_reg_safe.h 209r420_reg_safe.h
179r600_reg_safe.h 210r600_reg_safe.h
180raid6altivec*.c 211recordmcount
181raid6int*.c
182raid6tables.c
183relocs 212relocs
213rlim_names.h
184rn50_reg_safe.h 214rn50_reg_safe.h
185rs600_reg_safe.h 215rs600_reg_safe.h
186rv515_reg_safe.h 216rv515_reg_safe.h
@@ -194,6 +224,7 @@ split-include
194syscalltab.h 224syscalltab.h
195tables.c 225tables.c
196tags 226tags
227test_get_len
197tftpboot.img 228tftpboot.img
198timeconst.h 229timeconst.h
199times.h* 230times.h*
@@ -210,10 +241,13 @@ vdso32.so.dbg
210vdso64.lds 241vdso64.lds
211vdso64.so.dbg 242vdso64.so.dbg
212version.h* 243version.h*
244vmImage
213vmlinux 245vmlinux
214vmlinux-* 246vmlinux-*
215vmlinux.aout 247vmlinux.aout
248vmlinux.bin.all
216vmlinux.lds 249vmlinux.lds
250vmlinuz
217voffset.h 251voffset.h
218vsyscall.lds 252vsyscall.lds
219vsyscall_32.lds 253vsyscall_32.lds
diff --git a/Documentation/driver-model/bus.txt b/Documentation/driver-model/bus.txt
index 5001b7511626..6754b2df8aa1 100644
--- a/Documentation/driver-model/bus.txt
+++ b/Documentation/driver-model/bus.txt
@@ -3,24 +3,7 @@ Bus Types
3 3
4Definition 4Definition
5~~~~~~~~~~ 5~~~~~~~~~~
6 6See the kerneldoc for the struct bus_type.
7struct bus_type {
8 char * name;
9
10 struct subsystem subsys;
11 struct kset drivers;
12 struct kset devices;
13
14 struct bus_attribute * bus_attrs;
15 struct device_attribute * dev_attrs;
16 struct driver_attribute * drv_attrs;
17
18 int (*match)(struct device * dev, struct device_driver * drv);
19 int (*hotplug) (struct device *dev, char **envp,
20 int num_envp, char *buffer, int buffer_size);
21 int (*suspend)(struct device * dev, pm_message_t state);
22 int (*resume)(struct device * dev);
23};
24 7
25int bus_register(struct bus_type * bus); 8int bus_register(struct bus_type * bus);
26 9
diff --git a/Documentation/driver-model/class.txt b/Documentation/driver-model/class.txt
index 548505f14aa4..1fefc480a80b 100644
--- a/Documentation/driver-model/class.txt
+++ b/Documentation/driver-model/class.txt
@@ -27,22 +27,7 @@ The device class structure looks like:
27typedef int (*devclass_add)(struct device *); 27typedef int (*devclass_add)(struct device *);
28typedef void (*devclass_remove)(struct device *); 28typedef void (*devclass_remove)(struct device *);
29 29
30struct device_class { 30See the kerneldoc for the struct class.
31 char * name;
32 rwlock_t lock;
33 u32 devnum;
34 struct list_head node;
35
36 struct list_head drivers;
37 struct list_head intf_list;
38
39 struct driver_dir_entry dir;
40 struct driver_dir_entry device_dir;
41 struct driver_dir_entry driver_dir;
42
43 devclass_add add_device;
44 devclass_remove remove_device;
45};
46 31
47A typical device class definition would look like: 32A typical device class definition would look like:
48 33
diff --git a/Documentation/driver-model/device.txt b/Documentation/driver-model/device.txt
index a124f3126b0d..b2ff42685bcb 100644
--- a/Documentation/driver-model/device.txt
+++ b/Documentation/driver-model/device.txt
@@ -2,96 +2,7 @@
2The Basic Device Structure 2The Basic Device Structure
3~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ 3~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
4 4
5struct device { 5See the kerneldoc for the struct device.
6 struct list_head g_list;
7 struct list_head node;
8 struct list_head bus_list;
9 struct list_head driver_list;
10 struct list_head intf_list;
11 struct list_head children;
12 struct device * parent;
13
14 char name[DEVICE_NAME_SIZE];
15 char bus_id[BUS_ID_SIZE];
16
17 spinlock_t lock;
18 atomic_t refcount;
19
20 struct bus_type * bus;
21 struct driver_dir_entry dir;
22
23 u32 class_num;
24
25 struct device_driver *driver;
26 void *driver_data;
27 void *platform_data;
28
29 u32 current_state;
30 unsigned char *saved_state;
31
32 void (*release)(struct device * dev);
33};
34
35Fields
36~~~~~~
37g_list: Node in the global device list.
38
39node: Node in device's parent's children list.
40
41bus_list: Node in device's bus's devices list.
42
43driver_list: Node in device's driver's devices list.
44
45intf_list: List of intf_data. There is one structure allocated for
46 each interface that the device supports.
47
48children: List of child devices.
49
50parent: *** FIXME ***
51
52name: ASCII description of device.
53 Example: " 3Com Corporation 3c905 100BaseTX [Boomerang]"
54
55bus_id: ASCII representation of device's bus position. This
56 field should be a name unique across all devices on the
57 bus type the device belongs to.
58
59 Example: PCI bus_ids are in the form of
60 <bus number>:<slot number>.<function number>
61 This name is unique across all PCI devices in the system.
62
63lock: Spinlock for the device.
64
65refcount: Reference count on the device.
66
67bus: Pointer to struct bus_type that device belongs to.
68
69dir: Device's sysfs directory.
70
71class_num: Class-enumerated value of the device.
72
73driver: Pointer to struct device_driver that controls the device.
74
75driver_data: Driver-specific data.
76
77platform_data: Platform data specific to the device.
78
79 Example: for devices on custom boards, as typical of embedded
80 and SOC based hardware, Linux often uses platform_data to point
81 to board-specific structures describing devices and how they
82 are wired. That can include what ports are available, chip
83 variants, which GPIO pins act in what additional roles, and so
84 on. This shrinks the "Board Support Packages" (BSPs) and
85 minimizes board-specific #ifdefs in drivers.
86
87current_state: Current power state of the device.
88
89saved_state: Pointer to saved state of the device. This is usable by
90 the device driver controlling the device.
91
92release: Callback to free the device after all references have
93 gone away. This should be set by the allocator of the
94 device (i.e. the bus driver that discovered the device).
95 6
96 7
97Programming Interface 8Programming Interface
diff --git a/Documentation/driver-model/driver.txt b/Documentation/driver-model/driver.txt
index d2cd6fb8ba9e..4421135826a2 100644
--- a/Documentation/driver-model/driver.txt
+++ b/Documentation/driver-model/driver.txt
@@ -1,23 +1,7 @@
1 1
2Device Drivers 2Device Drivers
3 3
4struct device_driver { 4See the kerneldoc for the struct device_driver.
5 char * name;
6 struct bus_type * bus;
7
8 struct completion unloaded;
9 struct kobject kobj;
10 list_t devices;
11
12 struct module *owner;
13
14 int (*probe) (struct device * dev);
15 int (*remove) (struct device * dev);
16
17 int (*suspend) (struct device * dev, pm_message_t state);
18 int (*resume) (struct device * dev);
19};
20
21 5
22 6
23Allocation 7Allocation
diff --git a/Documentation/feature-removal-schedule.txt b/Documentation/feature-removal-schedule.txt
index f425d69104c2..ff31b1cc50aa 100644
--- a/Documentation/feature-removal-schedule.txt
+++ b/Documentation/feature-removal-schedule.txt
@@ -35,17 +35,6 @@ Who: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
35 35
36--------------------------- 36---------------------------
37 37
38What: AR9170USB
39When: 2.6.40
40
41Why: This driver is deprecated and the firmware is no longer
42 maintained. The replacement driver "carl9170" has been
43 around for a while, so the devices are still supported.
44
45Who: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
46
47---------------------------
48
49What: IRQF_SAMPLE_RANDOM 38What: IRQF_SAMPLE_RANDOM
50Check: IRQF_SAMPLE_RANDOM 39Check: IRQF_SAMPLE_RANDOM
51When: July 2009 40When: July 2009
@@ -226,7 +215,7 @@ Who: Zhang Rui <rui.zhang@intel.com>
226What: CONFIG_ACPI_PROCFS_POWER 215What: CONFIG_ACPI_PROCFS_POWER
227When: 2.6.39 216When: 2.6.39
228Why: sysfs I/F for ACPI power devices, including AC and Battery, 217Why: sysfs I/F for ACPI power devices, including AC and Battery,
229 has been working in upstream kenrel since 2.6.24, Sep 2007. 218 has been working in upstream kernel since 2.6.24, Sep 2007.
230 In 2.6.37, we make the sysfs I/F always built in and this option 219 In 2.6.37, we make the sysfs I/F always built in and this option
231 disabled by default. 220 disabled by default.
232 Remove this option and the ACPI power procfs interface in 2.6.39. 221 Remove this option and the ACPI power procfs interface in 2.6.39.
@@ -273,16 +262,6 @@ Who: Michael Buesch <mb@bu3sch.de>
273 262
274--------------------------- 263---------------------------
275 264
276What: /sys/o2cb symlink
277When: January 2010
278Why: /sys/fs/o2cb is the proper location for this information - /sys/o2cb
279 exists as a symlink for backwards compatibility for old versions of
280 ocfs2-tools. 2 years should be sufficient time to phase in new versions
281 which know to look in /sys/fs/o2cb.
282Who: ocfs2-devel@oss.oracle.com
283
284---------------------------
285
286What: Ability for non root users to shm_get hugetlb pages based on mlock 265What: Ability for non root users to shm_get hugetlb pages based on mlock
287 resource limits 266 resource limits
288When: 2.6.31 267When: 2.6.31
@@ -405,16 +384,6 @@ Who: anybody or Florian Mickler <florian@mickler.org>
405 384
406---------------------------- 385----------------------------
407 386
408What: capifs
409When: February 2011
410Files: drivers/isdn/capi/capifs.*
411Why: udev fully replaces this special file system that only contains CAPI
412 NCCI TTY device nodes. User space (pppdcapiplugin) works without
413 noticing the difference.
414Who: Jan Kiszka <jan.kiszka@web.de>
415
416----------------------------
417
418What: KVM paravirt mmu host support 387What: KVM paravirt mmu host support
419When: January 2011 388When: January 2011
420Why: The paravirt mmu host support is slower than non-paravirt mmu, both 389Why: The paravirt mmu host support is slower than non-paravirt mmu, both
@@ -460,14 +429,6 @@ Who: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
460 429
461---------------------------- 430----------------------------
462 431
463What: The acpi_sleep=s4_nonvs command line option
464When: 2.6.37
465Files: arch/x86/kernel/acpi/sleep.c
466Why: superseded by acpi_sleep=nonvs
467Who: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
468
469----------------------------
470
471What: PCI DMA unmap state API 432What: PCI DMA unmap state API
472When: August 2012 433When: August 2012
473Why: PCI DMA unmap state API (include/linux/pci-dma.h) was replaced 434Why: PCI DMA unmap state API (include/linux/pci-dma.h) was replaced
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/9p.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/9p.txt
index b22abba78fed..13de64c7f0ab 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/9p.txt
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/9p.txt
@@ -25,6 +25,8 @@ Other applications are described in the following papers:
25 http://xcpu.org/papers/cellfs-talk.pdf 25 http://xcpu.org/papers/cellfs-talk.pdf
26 * PROSE I/O: Using 9p to enable Application Partitions 26 * PROSE I/O: Using 9p to enable Application Partitions
27 http://plan9.escet.urjc.es/iwp9/cready/PROSE_iwp9_2006.pdf 27 http://plan9.escet.urjc.es/iwp9/cready/PROSE_iwp9_2006.pdf
28 * VirtFS: A Virtualization Aware File System pass-through
29 http://goo.gl/3WPDg
28 30
29USAGE 31USAGE
30===== 32=====
@@ -130,31 +132,20 @@ OPTIONS
130RESOURCES 132RESOURCES
131========= 133=========
132 134
133Our current recommendation is to use Inferno (http://www.vitanuova.com/nferno/index.html) 135Protocol specifications are maintained on github:
134as the 9p server. You can start a 9p server under Inferno by issuing the 136http://ericvh.github.com/9p-rfc/
135following command:
136 ; styxlisten -A tcp!*!564 export '#U*'
137 137
138The -A specifies an unauthenticated export. The 564 is the port # (you may 1389p client and server implementations are listed on
139have to choose a higher port number if running as a normal user). The '#U*' 139http://9p.cat-v.org/implementations
140specifies exporting the root of the Linux name space. You may specify a
141subset of the namespace by extending the path: '#U*'/tmp would just export
142/tmp. For more information, see the Inferno manual pages covering styxlisten
143and export.
144 140
145A Linux version of the 9p server is now maintained under the npfs project 141A 9p2000.L server is being developed by LLNL and can be found
146on sourceforge (http://sourceforge.net/projects/npfs). The currently 142at http://code.google.com/p/diod/
147maintained version is the single-threaded version of the server (named spfs)
148available from the same SVN repository.
149 143
150There are user and developer mailing lists available through the v9fs project 144There are user and developer mailing lists available through the v9fs project
151on sourceforge (http://sourceforge.net/projects/v9fs). 145on sourceforge (http://sourceforge.net/projects/v9fs).
152 146
153A stand-alone version of the module (which should build for any 2.6 kernel) 147News and other information is maintained on a Wiki.
154is available via (http://github.com/ericvh/9p-sac/tree/master) 148(http://sf.net/apps/mediawiki/v9fs/index.php).
155
156News and other information is maintained on SWiK (http://swik.net/v9fs)
157and the Wiki (http://sf.net/apps/mediawiki/v9fs/index.php).
158 149
159Bug reports may be issued through the kernel.org bugzilla 150Bug reports may be issued through the kernel.org bugzilla
160(http://bugzilla.kernel.org) 151(http://bugzilla.kernel.org)
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/configfs/configfs_example_explicit.c b/Documentation/filesystems/configfs/configfs_example_explicit.c
index fd53869f5633..1420233dfa55 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/configfs/configfs_example_explicit.c
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/configfs/configfs_example_explicit.c
@@ -464,9 +464,8 @@ static int __init configfs_example_init(void)
464 return 0; 464 return 0;
465 465
466out_unregister: 466out_unregister:
467 for (; i >= 0; i--) { 467 for (i--; i >= 0; i--)
468 configfs_unregister_subsystem(example_subsys[i]); 468 configfs_unregister_subsystem(example_subsys[i]);
469 }
470 469
471 return ret; 470 return ret;
472} 471}
@@ -475,9 +474,8 @@ static void __exit configfs_example_exit(void)
475{ 474{
476 int i; 475 int i;
477 476
478 for (i = 0; example_subsys[i]; i++) { 477 for (i = 0; example_subsys[i]; i++)
479 configfs_unregister_subsystem(example_subsys[i]); 478 configfs_unregister_subsystem(example_subsys[i]);
480 }
481} 479}
482 480
483module_init(configfs_example_init); 481module_init(configfs_example_init);
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/configfs/configfs_example_macros.c b/Documentation/filesystems/configfs/configfs_example_macros.c
index d8e30a0378aa..327dfbc640a9 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/configfs/configfs_example_macros.c
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/configfs/configfs_example_macros.c
@@ -427,9 +427,8 @@ static int __init configfs_example_init(void)
427 return 0; 427 return 0;
428 428
429out_unregister: 429out_unregister:
430 for (; i >= 0; i--) { 430 for (i--; i >= 0; i--)
431 configfs_unregister_subsystem(example_subsys[i]); 431 configfs_unregister_subsystem(example_subsys[i]);
432 }
433 432
434 return ret; 433 return ret;
435} 434}
@@ -438,9 +437,8 @@ static void __exit configfs_example_exit(void)
438{ 437{
439 int i; 438 int i;
440 439
441 for (i = 0; example_subsys[i]; i++) { 440 for (i = 0; example_subsys[i]; i++)
442 configfs_unregister_subsystem(example_subsys[i]); 441 configfs_unregister_subsystem(example_subsys[i]);
443 }
444} 442}
445 443
446module_init(configfs_example_init); 444module_init(configfs_example_init);
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/ext4.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/ext4.txt
index c79ec58fd7f6..3ae9bc94352a 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/ext4.txt
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/ext4.txt
@@ -226,10 +226,6 @@ acl Enables POSIX Access Control Lists support.
226noacl This option disables POSIX Access Control List 226noacl This option disables POSIX Access Control List
227 support. 227 support.
228 228
229reservation
230
231noreservation
232
233bsddf (*) Make 'df' act like BSD. 229bsddf (*) Make 'df' act like BSD.
234minixdf Make 'df' act like Minix. 230minixdf Make 'df' act like Minix.
235 231
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/ocfs2.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/ocfs2.txt
index 9ed920a8cd79..7618a287aa41 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/ocfs2.txt
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/ocfs2.txt
@@ -46,9 +46,15 @@ errors=panic Panic and halt the machine if an error occurs.
46intr (*) Allow signals to interrupt cluster operations. 46intr (*) Allow signals to interrupt cluster operations.
47nointr Do not allow signals to interrupt cluster 47nointr Do not allow signals to interrupt cluster
48 operations. 48 operations.
49noatime Do not update access time.
50relatime(*) Update atime if the previous atime is older than
51 mtime or ctime
52strictatime Always update atime, but the minimum update interval
53 is specified by atime_quantum.
49atime_quantum=60(*) OCFS2 will not update atime unless this number 54atime_quantum=60(*) OCFS2 will not update atime unless this number
50 of seconds has passed since the last update. 55 of seconds has passed since the last update.
51 Set to zero to always update atime. 56 Set to zero to always update atime. This option need
57 work with strictatime.
52data=ordered (*) All data are forced directly out to the main file 58data=ordered (*) All data are forced directly out to the main file
53 system prior to its metadata being committed to the 59 system prior to its metadata being committed to the
54 journal. 60 journal.
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/proc.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/proc.txt
index b0b814d75ca1..f48178024067 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/proc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/proc.txt
@@ -574,6 +574,12 @@ The contents of each smp_affinity file is the same by default:
574 > cat /proc/irq/0/smp_affinity 574 > cat /proc/irq/0/smp_affinity
575 ffffffff 575 ffffffff
576 576
577There is an alternate interface, smp_affinity_list which allows specifying
578a cpu range instead of a bitmask:
579
580 > cat /proc/irq/0/smp_affinity_list
581 1024-1031
582
577The default_smp_affinity mask applies to all non-active IRQs, which are the 583The default_smp_affinity mask applies to all non-active IRQs, which are the
578IRQs which have not yet been allocated/activated, and hence which lack a 584IRQs which have not yet been allocated/activated, and hence which lack a
579/proc/irq/[0-9]* directory. 585/proc/irq/[0-9]* directory.
@@ -583,12 +589,13 @@ reports itself as being attached. This hardware locality information does not
583include information about any possible driver locality preference. 589include information about any possible driver locality preference.
584 590
585prof_cpu_mask specifies which CPUs are to be profiled by the system wide 591prof_cpu_mask specifies which CPUs are to be profiled by the system wide
586profiler. Default value is ffffffff (all cpus). 592profiler. Default value is ffffffff (all cpus if there are only 32 of them).
587 593
588The way IRQs are routed is handled by the IO-APIC, and it's Round Robin 594The way IRQs are routed is handled by the IO-APIC, and it's Round Robin
589between all the CPUs which are allowed to handle it. As usual the kernel has 595between all the CPUs which are allowed to handle it. As usual the kernel has
590more info than you and does a better job than you, so the defaults are the 596more info than you and does a better job than you, so the defaults are the
591best choice for almost everyone. 597best choice for almost everyone. [Note this applies only to those IO-APIC's
598that support "Round Robin" interrupt distribution.]
592 599
593There are three more important subdirectories in /proc: net, scsi, and sys. 600There are three more important subdirectories in /proc: net, scsi, and sys.
594The general rule is that the contents, or even the existence of these 601The general rule is that the contents, or even the existence of these
@@ -836,7 +843,6 @@ Provides counts of softirq handlers serviced since boot time, for each cpu.
836 TASKLET: 0 0 0 290 843 TASKLET: 0 0 0 290
837 SCHED: 27035 26983 26971 26746 844 SCHED: 27035 26983 26971 26746
838 HRTIMER: 0 0 0 0 845 HRTIMER: 0 0 0 0
839 RCU: 1678 1769 2178 2250
840 846
841 847
8421.3 IDE devices in /proc/ide 8481.3 IDE devices in /proc/ide
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/ubifs.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/ubifs.txt
index d7b13b01e980..8e4fab639d9c 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/ubifs.txt
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/ubifs.txt
@@ -115,28 +115,8 @@ ubi.mtd=0 root=ubi0:rootfs rootfstype=ubifs
115Module Parameters for Debugging 115Module Parameters for Debugging
116=============================== 116===============================
117 117
118When UBIFS has been compiled with debugging enabled, there are 3 module 118When UBIFS has been compiled with debugging enabled, there are 2 module
119parameters that are available to control aspects of testing and debugging. 119parameters that are available to control aspects of testing and debugging.
120The parameters are unsigned integers where each bit controls an option.
121The parameters are:
122
123debug_msgs Selects which debug messages to display, as follows:
124
125 Message Type Flag value
126
127 General messages 1
128 Journal messages 2
129 Mount messages 4
130 Commit messages 8
131 LEB search messages 16
132 Budgeting messages 32
133 Garbage collection messages 64
134 Tree Node Cache (TNC) messages 128
135 LEB properties (lprops) messages 256
136 Input/output messages 512
137 Log messages 1024
138 Scan messages 2048
139 Recovery messages 4096
140 120
141debug_chks Selects extra checks that UBIFS can do while running: 121debug_chks Selects extra checks that UBIFS can do while running:
142 122
@@ -154,11 +134,9 @@ debug_tsts Selects a mode of testing, as follows:
154 134
155 Test mode Flag value 135 Test mode Flag value
156 136
157 Force in-the-gaps method 2
158 Failure mode for recovery testing 4 137 Failure mode for recovery testing 4
159 138
160For example, set debug_msgs to 5 to display General messages and Mount 139For example, set debug_chks to 3 to enable general and TNC checks.
161messages.
162 140
163 141
164References 142References
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/xfs.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/xfs.txt
index 7bff3e4f35df..3fc0c31a6f5d 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/xfs.txt
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/xfs.txt
@@ -39,6 +39,12 @@ When mounting an XFS filesystem, the following options are accepted.
39 drive level write caching to be enabled, for devices that 39 drive level write caching to be enabled, for devices that
40 support write barriers. 40 support write barriers.
41 41
42 discard
43 Issue command to let the block device reclaim space freed by the
44 filesystem. This is useful for SSD devices, thinly provisioned
45 LUNs and virtual machine images, but may have a performance
46 impact. This option is incompatible with the nodelaylog option.
47
42 dmapi 48 dmapi
43 Enable the DMAPI (Data Management API) event callouts. 49 Enable the DMAPI (Data Management API) event callouts.
44 Use with the "mtpt" option. 50 Use with the "mtpt" option.
diff --git a/Documentation/usb/hiddev.txt b/Documentation/hid/hiddev.txt
index 6e8c9f1d2f22..6e8c9f1d2f22 100644
--- a/Documentation/usb/hiddev.txt
+++ b/Documentation/hid/hiddev.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/hid/hidraw.txt b/Documentation/hid/hidraw.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..029e6cb9a7e8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/hid/hidraw.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
1 HIDRAW - Raw Access to USB and Bluetooth Human Interface Devices
2 ==================================================================
3
4The hidraw driver provides a raw interface to USB and Bluetooth Human
5Interface Devices (HIDs). It differs from hiddev in that reports sent and
6received are not parsed by the HID parser, but are sent to and received from
7the device unmodified.
8
9Hidraw should be used if the userspace application knows exactly how to
10communicate with the hardware device, and is able to construct the HID
11reports manually. This is often the case when making userspace drivers for
12custom HID devices.
13
14Hidraw is also useful for communicating with non-conformant HID devices
15which send and receive data in a way that is inconsistent with their report
16descriptors. Because hiddev parses reports which are sent and received
17through it, checking them against the device's report descriptor, such
18communication with these non-conformant devices is impossible using hiddev.
19Hidraw is the only alternative, short of writing a custom kernel driver, for
20these non-conformant devices.
21
22A benefit of hidraw is that its use by userspace applications is independent
23of the underlying hardware type. Currently, Hidraw is implemented for USB
24and Bluetooth. In the future, as new hardware bus types are developed which
25use the HID specification, hidraw will be expanded to add support for these
26new bus types.
27
28Hidraw uses a dynamic major number, meaning that udev should be relied on to
29create hidraw device nodes. Udev will typically create the device nodes
30directly under /dev (eg: /dev/hidraw0). As this location is distribution-
31and udev rule-dependent, applications should use libudev to locate hidraw
32devices attached to the system. There is a tutorial on libudev with a
33working example at:
34 http://www.signal11.us/oss/udev/
35
36The HIDRAW API
37---------------
38
39read()
40-------
41read() will read a queued report received from the HID device. On USB
42devices, the reports read using read() are the reports sent from the device
43on the INTERRUPT IN endpoint. By default, read() will block until there is
44a report available to be read. read() can be made non-blocking, by passing
45the O_NONBLOCK flag to open(), or by setting the O_NONBLOCK flag using
46fcntl().
47
48On a device which uses numbered reports, the first byte of the returned data
49will be the report number; the report data follows, beginning in the second
50byte. For devices which do not use numbered reports, the report data
51will begin at the first byte.
52
53write()
54--------
55The write() function will write a report to the device. For USB devices, if
56the device has an INTERRUPT OUT endpoint, the report will be sent on that
57endpoint. If it does not, the report will be sent over the control endpoint,
58using a SET_REPORT transfer.
59
60The first byte of the buffer passed to write() should be set to the report
61number. If the device does not use numbered reports, the first byte should
62be set to 0. The report data itself should begin at the second byte.
63
64ioctl()
65--------
66Hidraw supports the following ioctls:
67
68HIDIOCGRDESCSIZE: Get Report Descriptor Size
69This ioctl will get the size of the device's report descriptor.
70
71HIDIOCGRDESC: Get Report Descriptor
72This ioctl returns the device's report descriptor using a
73hidraw_report_descriptor struct. Make sure to set the size field of the
74hidraw_report_descriptor struct to the size returned from HIDIOCGRDESCSIZE.
75
76HIDIOCGRAWINFO: Get Raw Info
77This ioctl will return a hidraw_devinfo struct containing the bus type, the
78vendor ID (VID), and product ID (PID) of the device. The bus type can be one
79of:
80 BUS_USB
81 BUS_HIL
82 BUS_BLUETOOTH
83 BUS_VIRTUAL
84which are defined in linux/input.h.
85
86HIDIOCGRAWNAME(len): Get Raw Name
87This ioctl returns a string containing the vendor and product strings of
88the device. The returned string is Unicode, UTF-8 encoded.
89
90HIDIOCGRAWPHYS(len): Get Physical Address
91This ioctl returns a string representing the physical address of the device.
92For USB devices, the string contains the physical path to the device (the
93USB controller, hubs, ports, etc). For Bluetooth devices, the string
94contains the hardware (MAC) address of the device.
95
96HIDIOCSFEATURE(len): Send a Feature Report
97This ioctl will send a feature report to the device. Per the HID
98specification, feature reports are always sent using the control endpoint.
99Set the first byte of the supplied buffer to the report number. For devices
100which do not use numbered reports, set the first byte to 0. The report data
101begins in the second byte. Make sure to set len accordingly, to one more
102than the length of the report (to account for the report number).
103
104HIDIOCGFEATURE(len): Get a Feature Report
105This ioctl will request a feature report from the device using the control
106endpoint. The first byte of the supplied buffer should be set to the report
107number of the requested report. For devices which do not use numbered
108reports, set the first byte to 0. The report will be returned starting at
109the first byte of the buffer (ie: the report number is not returned).
110
111Example
112---------
113In samples/, find hid-example.c, which shows examples of read(), write(),
114and all the ioctls for hidraw. The code may be used by anyone for any
115purpose, and can serve as a starting point for developing applications using
116hidraw.
117
118Document by:
119 Alan Ott <alan@signal11.us>, Signal 11 Software
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/adm1275 b/Documentation/hwmon/adm1275
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..6a3a6476cf20
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/adm1275
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
1Kernel driver adm1275
2=====================
3
4Supported chips:
5 * Analog Devices ADM1275
6 Prefix: 'adm1275'
7 Addresses scanned: -
8 Datasheet: www.analog.com/static/imported-files/data_sheets/ADM1275.pdf
9
10Author: Guenter Roeck <guenter.roeck@ericsson.com>
11
12
13Description
14-----------
15
16This driver supports hardware montoring for Analog Devices ADM1275 Hot-Swap
17Controller and Digital Power Monitor.
18
19The ADM1275 is a hot-swap controller that allows a circuit board to be removed
20from or inserted into a live backplane. It also features current and voltage
21readback via an integrated 12-bit analog-to-digital converter (ADC), accessed
22using a PMBus. interface.
23
24The driver is a client driver to the core PMBus driver. Please see
25Documentation/hwmon/pmbus for details on PMBus client drivers.
26
27
28Usage Notes
29-----------
30
31This driver does not auto-detect devices. You will have to instantiate the
32devices explicitly. Please see Documentation/i2c/instantiating-devices for
33details.
34
35
36Platform data support
37---------------------
38
39The driver supports standard PMBus driver platform data. Please see
40Documentation/hwmon/pmbus for details.
41
42
43Sysfs entries
44-------------
45
46The following attributes are supported. Limits are read-write; all other
47attributes are read-only.
48
49in1_label "vin1" or "vout1" depending on chip variant and
50 configuration.
51in1_input Measured voltage. From READ_VOUT register.
52in1_min Minumum Voltage. From VOUT_UV_WARN_LIMIT register.
53in1_max Maximum voltage. From VOUT_OV_WARN_LIMIT register.
54in1_min_alarm Voltage low alarm. From VOLTAGE_UV_WARNING status.
55in1_max_alarm Voltage high alarm. From VOLTAGE_OV_WARNING status.
56
57curr1_label "iout1"
58curr1_input Measured current. From READ_IOUT register.
59curr1_max Maximum current. From IOUT_OC_WARN_LIMIT register.
60curr1_max_alarm Current high alarm. From IOUT_OC_WARN_LIMIT register.
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/coretemp b/Documentation/hwmon/coretemp
index 25568f844804..f85e913a3401 100644
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/coretemp
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/coretemp
@@ -15,8 +15,13 @@ Author: Rudolf Marek
15 15
16Description 16Description
17----------- 17-----------
18This driver permits reading the DTS (Digital Temperature Sensor) embedded
19inside Intel CPUs. This driver can read both the per-core and per-package
20temperature using the appropriate sensors. The per-package sensor is new;
21as of now, it is present only in the SandyBridge platform. The driver will
22show the temperature of all cores inside a package under a single device
23directory inside hwmon.
18 24
19This driver permits reading temperature sensor embedded inside Intel Core CPU.
20Temperature is measured in degrees Celsius and measurement resolution is 25Temperature is measured in degrees Celsius and measurement resolution is
211 degree C. Valid temperatures are from 0 to TjMax degrees C, because 261 degree C. Valid temperatures are from 0 to TjMax degrees C, because
22the actual value of temperature register is in fact a delta from TjMax. 27the actual value of temperature register is in fact a delta from TjMax.
@@ -27,13 +32,15 @@ mechanism will perform actions to forcibly cool down the processor. Alarm
27may be raised, if the temperature grows enough (more than TjMax) to trigger 32may be raised, if the temperature grows enough (more than TjMax) to trigger
28the Out-Of-Spec bit. Following table summarizes the exported sysfs files: 33the Out-Of-Spec bit. Following table summarizes the exported sysfs files:
29 34
30temp1_input - Core temperature (in millidegrees Celsius). 35All Sysfs entries are named with their core_id (represented here by 'X').
31temp1_max - All cooling devices should be turned on (on Core2). 36tempX_input - Core temperature (in millidegrees Celsius).
32temp1_crit - Maximum junction temperature (in millidegrees Celsius). 37tempX_max - All cooling devices should be turned on (on Core2).
33temp1_crit_alarm - Set when Out-of-spec bit is set, never clears. 38tempX_crit - Maximum junction temperature (in millidegrees Celsius).
39tempX_crit_alarm - Set when Out-of-spec bit is set, never clears.
34 Correct CPU operation is no longer guaranteed. 40 Correct CPU operation is no longer guaranteed.
35temp1_label - Contains string "Core X", where X is processor 41tempX_label - Contains string "Core X", where X is processor
36 number. 42 number. For Package temp, this will be "Physical id Y",
43 where Y is the package number.
37 44
38The TjMax temperature is set to 85 degrees C if undocumented model specific 45The TjMax temperature is set to 85 degrees C if undocumented model specific
39register (UMSR) 0xee has bit 30 set. If not the TjMax is 100 degrees C as 46register (UMSR) 0xee has bit 30 set. If not the TjMax is 100 degrees C as
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/emc6w201 b/Documentation/hwmon/emc6w201
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..32f355aaf56b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/emc6w201
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
1Kernel driver emc6w201
2======================
3
4Supported chips:
5 * SMSC EMC6W201
6 Prefix: 'emc6w201'
7 Addresses scanned: I2C 0x2c, 0x2d, 0x2e
8 Datasheet: Not public
9
10Author: Jean Delvare <khali@linux-fr.org>
11
12
13Description
14-----------
15
16From the datasheet:
17
18"The EMC6W201 is an environmental monitoring device with automatic fan
19control capability and enhanced system acoustics for noise suppression.
20This ACPI compliant device provides hardware monitoring for up to six
21voltages (including its own VCC) and five external thermal sensors,
22measures the speed of up to five fans, and controls the speed of
23multiple DC fans using three Pulse Width Modulator (PWM) outputs. Note
24that it is possible to control more than three fans by connecting two
25fans to one PWM output. The EMC6W201 will be available in a 36-pin
26QFN package."
27
28The device is functionally close to the EMC6D100 series, but is
29register-incompatible.
30
31The driver currently only supports the monitoring of the voltages,
32temperatures and fan speeds. Limits can be changed. Alarms are not
33supported, and neither is fan speed control.
34
35
36Known Systems With EMC6W201
37---------------------------
38
39The EMC6W201 is a rare device, only found on a few systems, made in
402005 and 2006. Known systems with this device:
41* Dell Precision 670 workstation
42* Gigabyte 2CEWH mainboard
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/f71882fg b/Documentation/hwmon/f71882fg
index df02245d1419..84d2623810f3 100644
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/f71882fg
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/f71882fg
@@ -6,6 +6,10 @@ Supported chips:
6 Prefix: 'f71808e' 6 Prefix: 'f71808e'
7 Addresses scanned: none, address read from Super I/O config space 7 Addresses scanned: none, address read from Super I/O config space
8 Datasheet: Not public 8 Datasheet: Not public
9 * Fintek F71808A
10 Prefix: 'f71808a'
11 Addresses scanned: none, address read from Super I/O config space
12 Datasheet: Not public
9 * Fintek F71858FG 13 * Fintek F71858FG
10 Prefix: 'f71858fg' 14 Prefix: 'f71858fg'
11 Addresses scanned: none, address read from Super I/O config space 15 Addresses scanned: none, address read from Super I/O config space
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/fam15h_power b/Documentation/hwmon/fam15h_power
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..a92918e0bd69
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/fam15h_power
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
1Kernel driver fam15h_power
2==========================
3
4Supported chips:
5* AMD Family 15h Processors
6
7 Prefix: 'fam15h_power'
8 Addresses scanned: PCI space
9 Datasheets:
10 BIOS and Kernel Developer's Guide (BKDG) For AMD Family 15h Processors
11 (not yet published)
12
13Author: Andreas Herrmann <andreas.herrmann3@amd.com>
14
15Description
16-----------
17
18This driver permits reading of registers providing power information
19of AMD Family 15h processors.
20
21For AMD Family 15h processors the following power values can be
22calculated using different processor northbridge function registers:
23
24* BasePwrWatts: Specifies in watts the maximum amount of power
25 consumed by the processor for NB and logic external to the core.
26* ProcessorPwrWatts: Specifies in watts the maximum amount of power
27 the processor can support.
28* CurrPwrWatts: Specifies in watts the current amount of power being
29 consumed by the processor.
30
31This driver provides ProcessorPwrWatts and CurrPwrWatts:
32* power1_crit (ProcessorPwrWatts)
33* power1_input (CurrPwrWatts)
34
35On multi-node processors the calculated value is for the entire
36package and not for a single node. Thus the driver creates sysfs
37attributes only for internal node0 of a multi-node processor.
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/k10temp b/Documentation/hwmon/k10temp
index d2b56a4fd1f5..0393c89277c0 100644
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/k10temp
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/k10temp
@@ -11,6 +11,7 @@ Supported chips:
11 Socket S1G2: Athlon (X2), Sempron (X2), Turion X2 (Ultra) 11 Socket S1G2: Athlon (X2), Sempron (X2), Turion X2 (Ultra)
12* AMD Family 12h processors: "Llano" 12* AMD Family 12h processors: "Llano"
13* AMD Family 14h processors: "Brazos" (C/E/G-Series) 13* AMD Family 14h processors: "Brazos" (C/E/G-Series)
14* AMD Family 15h processors: "Bulldozer"
14 15
15 Prefix: 'k10temp' 16 Prefix: 'k10temp'
16 Addresses scanned: PCI space 17 Addresses scanned: PCI space
@@ -40,7 +41,7 @@ Description
40----------- 41-----------
41 42
42This driver permits reading of the internal temperature sensor of AMD 43This driver permits reading of the internal temperature sensor of AMD
43Family 10h/11h/12h/14h processors. 44Family 10h/11h/12h/14h/15h processors.
44 45
45All these processors have a sensor, but on those for Socket F or AM2+, 46All these processors have a sensor, but on those for Socket F or AM2+,
46the sensor may return inconsistent values (erratum 319). The driver 47the sensor may return inconsistent values (erratum 319). The driver
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/max16065 b/Documentation/hwmon/max16065
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..44b4f61e04f9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/max16065
@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
1Kernel driver max16065
2======================
3
4Supported chips:
5 * Maxim MAX16065, MAX16066
6 Prefixes: 'max16065', 'max16066'
7 Addresses scanned: -
8 Datasheet:
9 http://datasheets.maxim-ic.com/en/ds/MAX16065-MAX16066.pdf
10 * Maxim MAX16067
11 Prefix: 'max16067'
12 Addresses scanned: -
13 Datasheet:
14 http://datasheets.maxim-ic.com/en/ds/MAX16067.pdf
15 * Maxim MAX16068
16 Prefix: 'max16068'
17 Addresses scanned: -
18 Datasheet:
19 http://datasheets.maxim-ic.com/en/ds/MAX16068.pdf
20 * Maxim MAX16070/MAX16071
21 Prefixes: 'max16070', 'max16071'
22 Addresses scanned: -
23 Datasheet:
24 http://datasheets.maxim-ic.com/en/ds/MAX16070-MAX16071.pdf
25
26
27Author: Guenter Roeck <guenter.roeck@ericsson.com>
28
29
30Description
31-----------
32
33[From datasheets] The MAX16065/MAX16066 flash-configurable system managers
34monitor and sequence multiple system voltages. The MAX16065/MAX16066 can also
35accurately monitor (+/-2.5%) one current channel using a dedicated high-side
36current-sense amplifier. The MAX16065 manages up to twelve system voltages
37simultaneously, and the MAX16066 manages up to eight supply voltages.
38
39The MAX16067 flash-configurable system manager monitors and sequences multiple
40system voltages. The MAX16067 manages up to six system voltages simultaneously.
41
42The MAX16068 flash-configurable system manager monitors and manages up to six
43system voltages simultaneously.
44
45The MAX16070/MAX16071 flash-configurable system monitors supervise multiple
46system voltages. The MAX16070/MAX16071 can also accurately monitor (+/-2.5%)
47one current channel using a dedicated high-side current-sense amplifier. The
48MAX16070 monitors up to twelve system voltages simultaneously, and the MAX16071
49monitors up to eight supply voltages.
50
51Each monitored channel has its own low and high critical limits. MAX16065,
52MAX16066, MAX16070, and MAX16071 support an additional limit which is
53configurable as either low or high secondary limit. MAX16065, MAX16066,
54MAX16070, and MAX16071 also support supply current monitoring.
55
56
57Usage Notes
58-----------
59
60This driver does not probe for devices, since there is no register which
61can be safely used to identify the chip. You will have to instantiate
62the devices explicitly. Please see Documentation/i2c/instantiating-devices for
63details.
64
65
66Sysfs entries
67-------------
68
69in[0-11]_input Input voltage measurements.
70
71in12_input Voltage on CSP (Current Sense Positive) pin.
72 Only if the chip supports current sensing and if
73 current sensing is enabled.
74
75in[0-11]_min Low warning limit.
76 Supported on MAX16065, MAX16066, MAX16070, and MAX16071
77 only.
78
79in[0-11]_max High warning limit.
80 Supported on MAX16065, MAX16066, MAX16070, and MAX16071
81 only.
82
83 Either low or high warning limits are supported
84 (depending on chip configuration), but not both.
85
86in[0-11]_lcrit Low critical limit.
87
88in[0-11]_crit High critical limit.
89
90in[0-11]_alarm Input voltage alarm.
91
92curr1_input Current sense input; only if the chip supports current
93 sensing and if current sensing is enabled.
94 Displayed current assumes 0.001 Ohm current sense
95 resistor.
96
97curr1_alarm Overcurrent alarm; only if the chip supports current
98 sensing and if current sensing is enabled.
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/max6642 b/Documentation/hwmon/max6642
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..afbd3e4942e2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/max6642
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
1Kernel driver max6642
2=====================
3
4Supported chips:
5 * Maxim MAX6642
6 Prefix: 'max6642'
7 Addresses scanned: I2C 0x48-0x4f
8 Datasheet: Publicly available at the Maxim website
9 http://datasheets.maxim-ic.com/en/ds/MAX6642.pdf
10
11Authors:
12 Per Dalen <per.dalen@appeartv.com>
13
14Description
15-----------
16
17The MAX6642 is a digital temperature sensor. It senses its own temperature as
18well as the temperature on one external diode.
19
20All temperature values are given in degrees Celsius. Resolution
21is 0.25 degree for the local temperature and for the remote temperature.
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/max6650 b/Documentation/hwmon/max6650
index c565650fcfc6..58d9644a2bde 100644
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/max6650
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/max6650
@@ -2,9 +2,13 @@ Kernel driver max6650
2===================== 2=====================
3 3
4Supported chips: 4Supported chips:
5 * Maxim 6650 / 6651 5 * Maxim MAX6650
6 Prefix: 'max6650' 6 Prefix: 'max6650'
7 Addresses scanned: I2C 0x1b, 0x1f, 0x48, 0x4b 7 Addresses scanned: none
8 Datasheet: http://pdfserv.maxim-ic.com/en/ds/MAX6650-MAX6651.pdf
9 * Maxim MAX6651
10 Prefix: 'max6651'
11 Addresses scanned: none
8 Datasheet: http://pdfserv.maxim-ic.com/en/ds/MAX6650-MAX6651.pdf 12 Datasheet: http://pdfserv.maxim-ic.com/en/ds/MAX6650-MAX6651.pdf
9 13
10Authors: 14Authors:
@@ -15,10 +19,10 @@ Authors:
15Description 19Description
16----------- 20-----------
17 21
18This driver implements support for the Maxim 6650/6651 22This driver implements support for the Maxim MAX6650 and MAX6651.
19 23
20The 2 devices are very similar, but the Maxim 6550 has a reduced feature 24The 2 devices are very similar, but the MAX6550 has a reduced feature
21set, e.g. only one fan-input, instead of 4 for the 6651. 25set, e.g. only one fan-input, instead of 4 for the MAX6651.
22 26
23The driver is not able to distinguish between the 2 devices. 27The driver is not able to distinguish between the 2 devices.
24 28
@@ -36,6 +40,13 @@ fan1_div rw sets the speed range the inputs can handle. Legal
36 values are 1, 2, 4, and 8. Use lower values for 40 values are 1, 2, 4, and 8. Use lower values for
37 faster fans. 41 faster fans.
38 42
43Usage notes
44-----------
45
46This driver does not auto-detect devices. You will have to instantiate the
47devices explicitly. Please see Documentation/i2c/instantiating-devices for
48details.
49
39Module parameters 50Module parameters
40----------------- 51-----------------
41 52
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/pkgtemp b/Documentation/hwmon/pkgtemp
deleted file mode 100644
index c8e1fb0fadd3..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/pkgtemp
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,36 +0,0 @@
1Kernel driver pkgtemp
2======================
3
4Supported chips:
5 * Intel family
6 Prefix: 'pkgtemp'
7 CPUID:
8 Datasheet: Intel 64 and IA-32 Architectures Software Developer's Manual
9 Volume 3A: System Programming Guide
10
11Author: Fenghua Yu
12
13Description
14-----------
15
16This driver permits reading package level temperature sensor embedded inside
17Intel CPU package. The sensors can be in core, uncore, memory controller, or
18other components in a package. The feature is first implemented in Intel Sandy
19Bridge platform.
20
21Temperature is measured in degrees Celsius and measurement resolution is
221 degree C. Valid temperatures are from 0 to TjMax degrees C, because the actual
23value of temperature register is in fact a delta from TjMax.
24
25Temperature known as TjMax is the maximum junction temperature of package.
26We get this from MSR_IA32_TEMPERATURE_TARGET. If the MSR is not accessible,
27we define TjMax as 100 degrees Celsius. At this temperature, protection
28mechanism will perform actions to forcibly cool down the package. Alarm
29may be raised, if the temperature grows enough (more than TjMax) to trigger
30the Out-Of-Spec bit. Following table summarizes the exported sysfs files:
31
32temp1_input - Package temperature (in millidegrees Celsius).
33temp1_max - All cooling devices should be turned on.
34temp1_crit - Maximum junction temperature (in millidegrees Celsius).
35temp1_crit_alarm - Set when Out-of-spec bit is set, never clears.
36 Correct CPU operation is no longer guaranteed.
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/sht15 b/Documentation/hwmon/sht15
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..02850bdfac18
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/sht15
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
1Kernel driver sht15
2===================
3
4Authors:
5 * Wouter Horre
6 * Jonathan Cameron
7 * Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
8 * Jerome Oufella <jerome.oufella@savoirfairelinux.com>
9
10Supported chips:
11 * Sensirion SHT10
12 Prefix: 'sht10'
13
14 * Sensirion SHT11
15 Prefix: 'sht11'
16
17 * Sensirion SHT15
18 Prefix: 'sht15'
19
20 * Sensirion SHT71
21 Prefix: 'sht71'
22
23 * Sensirion SHT75
24 Prefix: 'sht75'
25
26Datasheet: Publicly available at the Sensirion website
27http://www.sensirion.ch/en/pdf/product_information/Datasheet-humidity-sensor-SHT1x.pdf
28
29Description
30-----------
31
32The SHT10, SHT11, SHT15, SHT71, and SHT75 are humidity and temperature
33sensors.
34
35The devices communicate using two GPIO lines.
36
37Supported resolutions for the measurements are 14 bits for temperature and 12
38bits for humidity, or 12 bits for temperature and 8 bits for humidity.
39
40The humidity calibration coefficients are programmed into an OTP memory on the
41chip. These coefficients are used to internally calibrate the signals from the
42sensors. Disabling the reload of those coefficients allows saving 10ms for each
43measurement and decrease power consumption, while loosing on precision.
44
45Some options may be set directly in the sht15_platform_data structure
46or via sysfs attributes.
47
48Notes:
49 * The regulator supply name is set to "vcc".
50 * If a CRC validation fails, a soft reset command is sent, which resets
51 status register to its hardware default value, but the driver will try to
52 restore the previous device configuration.
53
54Platform data
55-------------
56
57* checksum:
58 set it to true to enable CRC validation of the readings (default to false).
59* no_otp_reload:
60 flag to indicate not to reload from OTP (default to false).
61* low_resolution:
62 flag to indicate the temp/humidity resolution to use (default to false).
63
64Sysfs interface
65---------------
66
67* temp1_input: temperature input
68* humidity1_input: humidity input
69* heater_enable: write 1 in this attribute to enable the on-chip heater,
70 0 to disable it. Be careful not to enable the heater
71 for too long.
72* temp1_fault: if 1, this means that the voltage is low (below 2.47V) and
73 measurement may be invalid.
74* humidity1_fault: same as temp1_fault.
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/ucd9000 b/Documentation/hwmon/ucd9000
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..40ca6db50c48
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/ucd9000
@@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
1Kernel driver ucd9000
2=====================
3
4Supported chips:
5 * TI UCD90120, UCD90124, UCD9090, and UCD90910
6 Prefixes: 'ucd90120', 'ucd90124', 'ucd9090', 'ucd90910'
7 Addresses scanned: -
8 Datasheets:
9 http://focus.ti.com/lit/ds/symlink/ucd90120.pdf
10 http://focus.ti.com/lit/ds/symlink/ucd90124.pdf
11 http://focus.ti.com/lit/ds/symlink/ucd9090.pdf
12 http://focus.ti.com/lit/ds/symlink/ucd90910.pdf
13
14Author: Guenter Roeck <guenter.roeck@ericsson.com>
15
16
17Description
18-----------
19
20From datasheets:
21
22The UCD90120 Power Supply Sequencer and System Health Monitor monitors and
23sequences up to 12 independent voltage rails. The device integrates a 12-bit
24ADC with a 2.5V internal reference for monitoring up to 13 power supply voltage,
25current, or temperature inputs.
26
27The UCD90124 is a 12-rail PMBus/I2C addressable power-supply sequencer and
28system-health monitor. The device integrates a 12-bit ADC for monitoring up to
2913 power-supply voltage, current, or temperature inputs. Twenty-six GPIO pins
30can be used for power supply enables, power-on reset signals, external
31interrupts, cascading, or other system functions. Twelve of these pins offer PWM
32functionality. Using these pins, the UCD90124 offers support for fan control,
33margining, and general-purpose PWM functions.
34
35The UCD9090 is a 10-rail PMBus/I2C addressable power-supply sequencer and
36monitor. The device integrates a 12-bit ADC for monitoring up to 10 power-supply
37voltage inputs. Twenty-three GPIO pins can be used for power supply enables,
38power-on reset signals, external interrupts, cascading, or other system
39functions. Ten of these pins offer PWM functionality. Using these pins, the
40UCD9090 offers support for margining, and general-purpose PWM functions.
41
42The UCD90910 is a ten-rail I2C / PMBus addressable power-supply sequencer and
43system-health monitor. The device integrates a 12-bit ADC for monitoring up to
4413 power-supply voltage, current, or temperature inputs.
45
46This driver is a client driver to the core PMBus driver. Please see
47Documentation/hwmon/pmbus for details on PMBus client drivers.
48
49
50Usage Notes
51-----------
52
53This driver does not auto-detect devices. You will have to instantiate the
54devices explicitly. Please see Documentation/i2c/instantiating-devices for
55details.
56
57
58Platform data support
59---------------------
60
61The driver supports standard PMBus driver platform data. Please see
62Documentation/hwmon/pmbus for details.
63
64
65Sysfs entries
66-------------
67
68The following attributes are supported. Limits are read-write; all other
69attributes are read-only.
70
71in[1-12]_label "vout[1-12]".
72in[1-12]_input Measured voltage. From READ_VOUT register.
73in[1-12]_min Minumum Voltage. From VOUT_UV_WARN_LIMIT register.
74in[1-12]_max Maximum voltage. From VOUT_OV_WARN_LIMIT register.
75in[1-12]_lcrit Critical minumum Voltage. VOUT_UV_FAULT_LIMIT register.
76in[1-12]_crit Critical maximum voltage. From VOUT_OV_FAULT_LIMIT register.
77in[1-12]_min_alarm Voltage low alarm. From VOLTAGE_UV_WARNING status.
78in[1-12]_max_alarm Voltage high alarm. From VOLTAGE_OV_WARNING status.
79in[1-12]_lcrit_alarm Voltage critical low alarm. From VOLTAGE_UV_FAULT status.
80in[1-12]_crit_alarm Voltage critical high alarm. From VOLTAGE_OV_FAULT status.
81
82curr[1-12]_label "iout[1-12]".
83curr[1-12]_input Measured current. From READ_IOUT register.
84curr[1-12]_max Maximum current. From IOUT_OC_WARN_LIMIT register.
85curr[1-12]_lcrit Critical minumum output current. From IOUT_UC_FAULT_LIMIT
86 register.
87curr[1-12]_crit Critical maximum current. From IOUT_OC_FAULT_LIMIT register.
88curr[1-12]_max_alarm Current high alarm. From IOUT_OC_WARNING status.
89curr[1-12]_crit_alarm Current critical high alarm. From IOUT_OC_FAULT status.
90
91 For each attribute index, either voltage or current is
92 reported, but not both. If voltage or current is
93 reported depends on the chip configuration.
94
95temp[1-2]_input Measured temperatures. From READ_TEMPERATURE_1 and
96 READ_TEMPERATURE_2 registers.
97temp[1-2]_max Maximum temperature. From OT_WARN_LIMIT register.
98temp[1-2]_crit Critical high temperature. From OT_FAULT_LIMIT register.
99temp[1-2]_max_alarm Temperature high alarm.
100temp[1-2]_crit_alarm Temperature critical high alarm.
101
102fan[1-4]_input Fan RPM.
103fan[1-4]_alarm Fan alarm.
104fan[1-4]_fault Fan fault.
105
106 Fan attributes are only available on chips supporting
107 fan control (UCD90124, UCD90910). Attribute files are
108 created only for enabled fans.
109 Note that even though UCD90910 supports up to 10 fans,
110 only up to four fans are currently supported.
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/ucd9200 b/Documentation/hwmon/ucd9200
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..3c58607f72fe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/ucd9200
@@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
1Kernel driver ucd9200
2=====================
3
4Supported chips:
5 * TI UCD9220, UCD9222, UCD9224, UCD9240, UCD9244, UCD9246, and UCD9248
6 Prefixes: 'ucd9220', 'ucd9222', 'ucd9224', 'ucd9240', 'ucd9244', 'ucd9246',
7 'ucd9248'
8 Addresses scanned: -
9 Datasheets:
10 http://focus.ti.com/lit/ds/symlink/ucd9220.pdf
11 http://focus.ti.com/lit/ds/symlink/ucd9222.pdf
12 http://focus.ti.com/lit/ds/symlink/ucd9224.pdf
13 http://focus.ti.com/lit/ds/symlink/ucd9240.pdf
14 http://focus.ti.com/lit/ds/symlink/ucd9244.pdf
15 http://focus.ti.com/lit/ds/symlink/ucd9246.pdf
16 http://focus.ti.com/lit/ds/symlink/ucd9248.pdf
17
18Author: Guenter Roeck <guenter.roeck@ericsson.com>
19
20
21Description
22-----------
23
24[From datasheets] UCD9220, UCD9222, UCD9224, UCD9240, UCD9244, UCD9246, and
25UCD9248 are multi-rail, multi-phase synchronous buck digital PWM controllers
26designed for non-isolated DC/DC power applications. The devices integrate
27dedicated circuitry for DC/DC loop management with flash memory and a serial
28interface to support configuration, monitoring and management.
29
30This driver is a client driver to the core PMBus driver. Please see
31Documentation/hwmon/pmbus for details on PMBus client drivers.
32
33
34Usage Notes
35-----------
36
37This driver does not auto-detect devices. You will have to instantiate the
38devices explicitly. Please see Documentation/i2c/instantiating-devices for
39details.
40
41
42Platform data support
43---------------------
44
45The driver supports standard PMBus driver platform data. Please see
46Documentation/hwmon/pmbus for details.
47
48
49Sysfs entries
50-------------
51
52The following attributes are supported. Limits are read-write; all other
53attributes are read-only.
54
55in1_label "vin".
56in1_input Measured voltage. From READ_VIN register.
57in1_min Minumum Voltage. From VIN_UV_WARN_LIMIT register.
58in1_max Maximum voltage. From VIN_OV_WARN_LIMIT register.
59in1_lcrit Critical minumum Voltage. VIN_UV_FAULT_LIMIT register.
60in1_crit Critical maximum voltage. From VIN_OV_FAULT_LIMIT register.
61in1_min_alarm Voltage low alarm. From VIN_UV_WARNING status.
62in1_max_alarm Voltage high alarm. From VIN_OV_WARNING status.
63in1_lcrit_alarm Voltage critical low alarm. From VIN_UV_FAULT status.
64in1_crit_alarm Voltage critical high alarm. From VIN_OV_FAULT status.
65
66in[2-5]_label "vout[1-4]".
67in[2-5]_input Measured voltage. From READ_VOUT register.
68in[2-5]_min Minumum Voltage. From VOUT_UV_WARN_LIMIT register.
69in[2-5]_max Maximum voltage. From VOUT_OV_WARN_LIMIT register.
70in[2-5]_lcrit Critical minumum Voltage. VOUT_UV_FAULT_LIMIT register.
71in[2-5]_crit Critical maximum voltage. From VOUT_OV_FAULT_LIMIT register.
72in[2-5]_min_alarm Voltage low alarm. From VOLTAGE_UV_WARNING status.
73in[2-5]_max_alarm Voltage high alarm. From VOLTAGE_OV_WARNING status.
74in[2-5]_lcrit_alarm Voltage critical low alarm. From VOLTAGE_UV_FAULT status.
75in[2-5]_crit_alarm Voltage critical high alarm. From VOLTAGE_OV_FAULT status.
76
77curr1_label "iin".
78curr1_input Measured current. From READ_IIN register.
79
80curr[2-5]_label "iout[1-4]".
81curr[2-5]_input Measured current. From READ_IOUT register.
82curr[2-5]_max Maximum current. From IOUT_OC_WARN_LIMIT register.
83curr[2-5]_lcrit Critical minumum output current. From IOUT_UC_FAULT_LIMIT
84 register.
85curr[2-5]_crit Critical maximum current. From IOUT_OC_FAULT_LIMIT register.
86curr[2-5]_max_alarm Current high alarm. From IOUT_OC_WARNING status.
87curr[2-5]_crit_alarm Current critical high alarm. From IOUT_OC_FAULT status.
88
89power1_input Measured input power. From READ_PIN register.
90power1_label "pin"
91
92power[2-5]_input Measured output power. From READ_POUT register.
93power[2-5]_label "pout[1-4]"
94
95 The number of output voltage, current, and power
96 attribute sets is determined by the number of enabled
97 rails. See chip datasheets for details.
98
99temp[1-5]_input Measured temperatures. From READ_TEMPERATURE_1 and
100 READ_TEMPERATURE_2 registers.
101 temp1 is the chip internal temperature. temp[2-5] are
102 rail temperatures. temp[2-5] attributes are only
103 created for enabled rails. See chip datasheets for
104 details.
105temp[1-5]_max Maximum temperature. From OT_WARN_LIMIT register.
106temp[1-5]_crit Critical high temperature. From OT_FAULT_LIMIT register.
107temp[1-5]_max_alarm Temperature high alarm.
108temp[1-5]_crit_alarm Temperature critical high alarm.
109
110fan1_input Fan RPM. ucd9240 only.
111fan1_alarm Fan alarm. ucd9240 only.
112fan1_fault Fan fault. ucd9240 only.
diff --git a/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-i801 b/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-i801
index 6df69765ccb7..2871fd500349 100644
--- a/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-i801
+++ b/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-i801
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@ Supported adapters:
19 * Intel 6 Series (PCH) 19 * Intel 6 Series (PCH)
20 * Intel Patsburg (PCH) 20 * Intel Patsburg (PCH)
21 * Intel DH89xxCC (PCH) 21 * Intel DH89xxCC (PCH)
22 * Intel Panther Point (PCH)
22 Datasheets: Publicly available at the Intel website 23 Datasheets: Publicly available at the Intel website
23 24
24On Intel Patsburg and later chipsets, both the normal host SMBus controller 25On Intel Patsburg and later chipsets, both the normal host SMBus controller
diff --git a/Documentation/i2c/writing-clients b/Documentation/i2c/writing-clients
index 5ebf5af1d716..5aa53374ea2a 100644
--- a/Documentation/i2c/writing-clients
+++ b/Documentation/i2c/writing-clients
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ static struct i2c_driver foo_driver = {
38 .name = "foo", 38 .name = "foo",
39 }, 39 },
40 40
41 .id_table = foo_ids, 41 .id_table = foo_idtable,
42 .probe = foo_probe, 42 .probe = foo_probe,
43 .remove = foo_remove, 43 .remove = foo_remove,
44 /* if device autodetection is needed: */ 44 /* if device autodetection is needed: */
diff --git a/Documentation/input/elantech.txt b/Documentation/input/elantech.txt
index 56941ae1f5db..db798af5ef98 100644
--- a/Documentation/input/elantech.txt
+++ b/Documentation/input/elantech.txt
@@ -34,7 +34,8 @@ Contents
34Currently the Linux Elantech touchpad driver is aware of two different 34Currently the Linux Elantech touchpad driver is aware of two different
35hardware versions unimaginatively called version 1 and version 2. Version 1 35hardware versions unimaginatively called version 1 and version 2. Version 1
36is found in "older" laptops and uses 4 bytes per packet. Version 2 seems to 36is found in "older" laptops and uses 4 bytes per packet. Version 2 seems to
37be introduced with the EeePC and uses 6 bytes per packet. 37be introduced with the EeePC and uses 6 bytes per packet, and provides
38additional features such as position of two fingers, and width of the touch.
38 39
39The driver tries to support both hardware versions and should be compatible 40The driver tries to support both hardware versions and should be compatible
40with the Xorg Synaptics touchpad driver and its graphical configuration 41with the Xorg Synaptics touchpad driver and its graphical configuration
@@ -94,18 +95,44 @@ Currently the Linux Elantech touchpad driver provides two extra knobs under
94 can check these bits and reject any packet that appears corrupted. Using 95 can check these bits and reject any packet that appears corrupted. Using
95 this knob you can bypass that check. 96 this knob you can bypass that check.
96 97
97 It is not known yet whether hardware version 2 provides the same parity 98 Hardware version 2 does not provide the same parity bits. Only some basic
98 bits. Hence checking is disabled by default. Currently even turning it on 99 data consistency checking can be done. For now checking is disabled by
99 will do nothing. 100 default. Currently even turning it on will do nothing.
100
101 101
102///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// 102/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
103 103
1043. Differentiating hardware versions
105 =================================
106
107To detect the hardware version, read the version number as param[0].param[1].param[2]
108
109 4 bytes version: (after the arrow is the name given in the Dell-provided driver)
110 02.00.22 => EF013
111 02.06.00 => EF019
112In the wild, there appear to be more versions, such as 00.01.64, 01.00.21,
11302.00.00, 02.00.04, 02.00.06.
114
115 6 bytes:
116 02.00.30 => EF113
117 02.08.00 => EF023
118 02.08.XX => EF123
119 02.0B.00 => EF215
120 04.01.XX => Scroll_EF051
121 04.02.XX => EF051
122In the wild, there appear to be more versions, such as 04.03.01, 04.04.11. There
123appears to be almost no difference, except for EF113, which does not report
124pressure/width and has different data consistency checks.
125
126Probably all the versions with param[0] <= 01 can be considered as
1274 bytes/firmware 1. The versions < 02.08.00, with the exception of 02.00.30, as
1284 bytes/firmware 2. Everything >= 02.08.00 can be considered as 6 bytes.
129
130/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
104 131
1053. Hardware version 1 1324. Hardware version 1
106 ================== 133 ==================
107 134
1083.1 Registers 1354.1 Registers
109 ~~~~~~~~~ 136 ~~~~~~~~~
110 137
111By echoing a hexadecimal value to a register it contents can be altered. 138By echoing a hexadecimal value to a register it contents can be altered.
@@ -168,7 +195,7 @@ For example:
168 smart edge activation area width? 195 smart edge activation area width?
169 196
170 197
1713.2 Native relative mode 4 byte packet format 1984.2 Native relative mode 4 byte packet format
172 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ 199 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
173 200
174byte 0: 201byte 0:
@@ -226,9 +253,13 @@ byte 3:
226 positive = down 253 positive = down
227 254
228 255
2293.3 Native absolute mode 4 byte packet format 2564.3 Native absolute mode 4 byte packet format
230 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ 257 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
231 258
259EF013 and EF019 have a special behaviour (due to a bug in the firmware?), and
260when 1 finger is touching, the first 2 position reports must be discarded.
261This counting is reset whenever a different number of fingers is reported.
262
232byte 0: 263byte 0:
233 firmware version 1.x: 264 firmware version 1.x:
234 265
@@ -279,11 +310,11 @@ byte 3:
279///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// 310/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
280 311
281 312
2824. Hardware version 2 3135. Hardware version 2
283 ================== 314 ==================
284 315
285 316
2864.1 Registers 3175.1 Registers
287 ~~~~~~~~~ 318 ~~~~~~~~~
288 319
289By echoing a hexadecimal value to a register it contents can be altered. 320By echoing a hexadecimal value to a register it contents can be altered.
@@ -316,16 +347,41 @@ For example:
316 0x7f = never i.e. tap again to release) 347 0x7f = never i.e. tap again to release)
317 348
318 349
3194.2 Native absolute mode 6 byte packet format 3505.2 Native absolute mode 6 byte packet format
320 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ 351 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
321 3525.2.1 Parity checking and packet re-synchronization
3224.2.1 One finger touch 353There is no parity checking, however some consistency checks can be performed.
354
355For instance for EF113:
356 SA1= packet[0];
357 A1 = packet[1];
358 B1 = packet[2];
359 SB1= packet[3];
360 C1 = packet[4];
361 D1 = packet[5];
362 if( (((SA1 & 0x3C) != 0x3C) && ((SA1 & 0xC0) != 0x80)) || // check Byte 1
363 (((SA1 & 0x0C) != 0x0C) && ((SA1 & 0xC0) == 0x80)) || // check Byte 1 (one finger pressed)
364 (((SA1 & 0xC0) != 0x80) && (( A1 & 0xF0) != 0x00)) || // check Byte 2
365 (((SB1 & 0x3E) != 0x38) && ((SA1 & 0xC0) != 0x80)) || // check Byte 4
366 (((SB1 & 0x0E) != 0x08) && ((SA1 & 0xC0) == 0x80)) || // check Byte 4 (one finger pressed)
367 (((SA1 & 0xC0) != 0x80) && (( C1 & 0xF0) != 0x00)) ) // check Byte 5
368 // error detected
369
370For all the other ones, there are just a few constant bits:
371 if( ((packet[0] & 0x0C) != 0x04) ||
372 ((packet[3] & 0x0f) != 0x02) )
373 // error detected
374
375
376In case an error is detected, all the packets are shifted by one (and packet[0] is discarded).
377
3785.2.1 One/Three finger touch
323 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ 379 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
324 380
325byte 0: 381byte 0:
326 382
327 bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 383 bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
328 n1 n0 . . . . R L 384 n1 n0 w3 w2 . . R L
329 385
330 L, R = 1 when Left, Right mouse button pressed 386 L, R = 1 when Left, Right mouse button pressed
331 n1..n0 = numbers of fingers on touchpad 387 n1..n0 = numbers of fingers on touchpad
@@ -333,24 +389,40 @@ byte 0:
333byte 1: 389byte 1:
334 390
335 bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 391 bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
336 . . . . . x10 x9 x8 392 p7 p6 p5 p4 . x10 x9 x8
337 393
338byte 2: 394byte 2:
339 395
340 bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 396 bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
341 x7 x6 x5 x4 x4 x2 x1 x0 397 x7 x6 x5 x4 x3 x2 x1 x0
342 398
343 x10..x0 = absolute x value (horizontal) 399 x10..x0 = absolute x value (horizontal)
344 400
345byte 3: 401byte 3:
346 402
347 bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 403 bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
348 . . . . . . . . 404 n4 vf w1 w0 . . . b2
405
406 n4 = set if more than 3 fingers (only in 3 fingers mode)
407 vf = a kind of flag ? (only on EF123, 0 when finger is over one
408 of the buttons, 1 otherwise)
409 w3..w0 = width of the finger touch (not EF113)
410 b2 (on EF113 only, 0 otherwise), b2.R.L indicates one button pressed:
411 0 = none
412 1 = Left
413 2 = Right
414 3 = Middle (Left and Right)
415 4 = Forward
416 5 = Back
417 6 = Another one
418 7 = Another one
349 419
350byte 4: 420byte 4:
351 421
352 bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 422 bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
353 . . . . . . y9 y8 423 p3 p1 p2 p0 . . y9 y8
424
425 p7..p0 = pressure (not EF113)
354 426
355byte 5: 427byte 5:
356 428
@@ -363,6 +435,11 @@ byte 5:
3634.2.2 Two finger touch 4354.2.2 Two finger touch
364 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ 436 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
365 437
438Note that the two pairs of coordinates are not exactly the coordinates of the
439two fingers, but only the pair of the lower-left and upper-right coordinates.
440So the actual fingers might be situated on the other diagonal of the square
441defined by these two points.
442
366byte 0: 443byte 0:
367 444
368 bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 445 bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
@@ -376,14 +453,14 @@ byte 1:
376 bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 453 bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
377 ax7 ax6 ax5 ax4 ax3 ax2 ax1 ax0 454 ax7 ax6 ax5 ax4 ax3 ax2 ax1 ax0
378 455
379 ax8..ax0 = first finger absolute x value 456 ax8..ax0 = lower-left finger absolute x value
380 457
381byte 2: 458byte 2:
382 459
383 bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 460 bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
384 ay7 ay6 ay5 ay4 ay3 ay2 ay1 ay0 461 ay7 ay6 ay5 ay4 ay3 ay2 ay1 ay0
385 462
386 ay8..ay0 = first finger absolute y value 463 ay8..ay0 = lower-left finger absolute y value
387 464
388byte 3: 465byte 3:
389 466
@@ -395,11 +472,11 @@ byte 4:
395 bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 472 bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
396 bx7 bx6 bx5 bx4 bx3 bx2 bx1 bx0 473 bx7 bx6 bx5 bx4 bx3 bx2 bx1 bx0
397 474
398 bx8..bx0 = second finger absolute x value 475 bx8..bx0 = upper-right finger absolute x value
399 476
400byte 5: 477byte 5:
401 478
402 bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 479 bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
403 by7 by8 by5 by4 by3 by2 by1 by0 480 by7 by8 by5 by4 by3 by2 by1 by0
404 481
405 by8..by0 = second finger absolute y value 482 by8..by0 = upper-right finger absolute y value
diff --git a/Documentation/input/rotary-encoder.txt b/Documentation/input/rotary-encoder.txt
index 943e8f6f2b15..92e68bce13a4 100644
--- a/Documentation/input/rotary-encoder.txt
+++ b/Documentation/input/rotary-encoder.txt
@@ -9,6 +9,9 @@ peripherals with two wires. The outputs are phase-shifted by 90 degrees
9and by triggering on falling and rising edges, the turn direction can 9and by triggering on falling and rising edges, the turn direction can
10be determined. 10be determined.
11 11
12Some encoders have both outputs low in stable states, whereas others also have
13a stable state with both outputs high (half-period mode).
14
12The phase diagram of these two outputs look like this: 15The phase diagram of these two outputs look like this:
13 16
14 _____ _____ _____ 17 _____ _____ _____
@@ -26,6 +29,8 @@ The phase diagram of these two outputs look like this:
26 |<-------->| 29 |<-------->|
27 one step 30 one step
28 31
32 |<-->|
33 one step (half-period mode)
29 34
30For more information, please see 35For more information, please see
31 http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rotary_encoder 36 http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rotary_encoder
@@ -34,6 +39,13 @@ For more information, please see
341. Events / state machine 391. Events / state machine
35------------------------- 40-------------------------
36 41
42In half-period mode, state a) and c) above are used to determine the
43rotational direction based on the last stable state. Events are reported in
44states b) and d) given that the new stable state is different from the last
45(i.e. the rotation was not reversed half-way).
46
47Otherwise, the following apply:
48
37a) Rising edge on channel A, channel B in low state 49a) Rising edge on channel A, channel B in low state
38 This state is used to recognize a clockwise turn 50 This state is used to recognize a clockwise turn
39 51
@@ -96,6 +108,7 @@ static struct rotary_encoder_platform_data my_rotary_encoder_info = {
96 .gpio_b = GPIO_ROTARY_B, 108 .gpio_b = GPIO_ROTARY_B,
97 .inverted_a = 0, 109 .inverted_a = 0,
98 .inverted_b = 0, 110 .inverted_b = 0,
111 .half_period = false,
99}; 112};
100 113
101static struct platform_device rotary_encoder_device = { 114static struct platform_device rotary_encoder_device = {
diff --git a/Documentation/ioctl/ioctl-number.txt b/Documentation/ioctl/ioctl-number.txt
index 2d1ad12e2b3e..3a46e360496d 100644
--- a/Documentation/ioctl/ioctl-number.txt
+++ b/Documentation/ioctl/ioctl-number.txt
@@ -304,6 +304,7 @@ Code Seq#(hex) Include File Comments
3040xB0 all RATIO devices in development: 3040xB0 all RATIO devices in development:
305 <mailto:vgo@ratio.de> 305 <mailto:vgo@ratio.de>
3060xB1 00-1F PPPoX <mailto:mostrows@styx.uwaterloo.ca> 3060xB1 00-1F PPPoX <mailto:mostrows@styx.uwaterloo.ca>
3070xB3 00 linux/mmc/ioctl.h
3070xC0 00-0F linux/usb/iowarrior.h 3080xC0 00-0F linux/usb/iowarrior.h
3080xCB 00-1F CBM serial IEC bus in development: 3090xCB 00-1F CBM serial IEC bus in development:
309 <mailto:michael.klein@puffin.lb.shuttle.de> 310 <mailto:michael.klein@puffin.lb.shuttle.de>
diff --git a/Documentation/ja_JP/HOWTO b/Documentation/ja_JP/HOWTO
index b63301a03811..050d37fe6d40 100644
--- a/Documentation/ja_JP/HOWTO
+++ b/Documentation/ja_JP/HOWTO
@@ -11,14 +11,14 @@ for non English (read: Japanese) speakers and is not intended as a
11fork. So if you have any comments or updates for this file, please try 11fork. So if you have any comments or updates for this file, please try
12to update the original English file first. 12to update the original English file first.
13 13
14Last Updated: 2008/10/24 14Last Updated: 2011/03/31
15================================== 15==================================
16これは、 16これは、
17linux-2.6.28/Documentation/HOWTO 17linux-2.6.38/Documentation/HOWTO
18の和訳です。 18の和訳です。
19 19
20翻訳団体: JF プロジェクト < http://www.linux.or.jp/JF/ > 20翻訳団体: JF プロジェクト < http://www.linux.or.jp/JF/ >
21翻訳日: 2008/10/24 21翻訳日: 2011/3/28
22翻訳者: Tsugikazu Shibata <tshibata at ab dot jp dot nec dot com> 22翻訳者: Tsugikazu Shibata <tshibata at ab dot jp dot nec dot com>
23校正者: 松倉さん <nbh--mats at nifty dot com> 23校正者: 松倉さん <nbh--mats at nifty dot com>
24 小林 雅典さん (Masanori Kobayasi) <zap03216 at nifty dot ne dot jp> 24 小林 雅典さん (Masanori Kobayasi) <zap03216 at nifty dot ne dot jp>
@@ -256,8 +256,8 @@ Linux カーネルの開発プロセスは現在幾つかの異なるメイン
256 - メインの 2.6.x カーネルツリー 256 - メインの 2.6.x カーネルツリー
257 - 2.6.x.y -stable カーネルツリー 257 - 2.6.x.y -stable カーネルツリー
258 - 2.6.x -git カーネルパッチ 258 - 2.6.x -git カーネルパッチ
259 - 2.6.x -mm カーネルパッチ
260 - サブシステム毎のカーネルツリーとパッチ 259 - サブシステム毎のカーネルツリーとパッチ
260 - 統合テストのための 2.6.x -next カーネルツリー
261 261
2622.6.x カーネルツリー 2622.6.x カーネルツリー
263----------------- 263-----------------
@@ -268,9 +268,9 @@ Linux カーネルの開発プロセスは現在幾つかの異なるメイン
268 268
269 - 新しいカーネルがリリースされた直後に、2週間の特別期間が設けられ、 269 - 新しいカーネルがリリースされた直後に、2週間の特別期間が設けられ、
270 この期間中に、メンテナ達は Linus に大きな差分を送ることができます。 270 この期間中に、メンテナ達は Linus に大きな差分を送ることができます。
271 このような差分は通常 -mm カーネルに数週間含まれてきたパッチです。 271 このような差分は通常 -next カーネルに数週間含まれてきたパッチです。
272 大きな変更は git(カーネルのソース管理ツール、詳細は 272 大きな変更は git(カーネルのソース管理ツール、詳細は
273 http://git.or.cz/ 参照) を使って送るのが好ましいやり方ですが、パッ 273 http://git-scm.com/ 参照) を使って送るのが好ましいやり方ですが、パッ
274 チファイルの形式のまま送るのでも十分です。 274 チファイルの形式のまま送るのでも十分です。
275 275
276 - 2週間後、-rc1 カーネルがリリースされ、この後にはカーネル全体の安定 276 - 2週間後、-rc1 カーネルがリリースされ、この後にはカーネル全体の安定
@@ -333,86 +333,44 @@ git リポジトリで管理されているLinus のカーネルツリーの毎
333れは -rc カーネルと比べて、パッチが大丈夫かどうかも確認しないで自動的 333れは -rc カーネルと比べて、パッチが大丈夫かどうかも確認しないで自動的
334に生成されるので、より実験的です。 334に生成されるので、より実験的です。
335 335
3362.6.x -mm カーネルパッチ
337------------------------
338
339Andrew Morton によってリリースされる実験的なカーネルパッチ群です。
340Andrew は個別のサブシステムカーネルツリーとパッチを全て集めてきて
341linux-kernel メーリングリストで収集された多数のパッチと同時に一つにま
342とめます。
343このツリーは新機能とパッチが検証される場となります。ある期間の間パッチ
344が -mm に入って価値を証明されたら、Andrew やサブシステムメンテナが、
345メインラインへ入れるように Linus にプッシュします。
346
347メインカーネルツリーに含めるために Linus に送る前に、すべての新しいパッ
348チが -mm ツリーでテストされることが強く推奨されています。マージウィン
349ドウが開く前に -mm ツリーに現れなかったパッチはメインラインにマージさ
350れることは困難になります。
351
352これらのカーネルは安定して動作すべきシステムとして使うのには適切ではあ
353りませんし、カーネルブランチの中でももっとも動作にリスクが高いものです。
354
355もしあなたが、カーネル開発プロセスの支援をしたいと思っているのであれば、
356どうぞこれらのカーネルリリースをテストに使ってみて、そしてもし問題があ
357れば、またもし全てが正しく動作したとしても、linux-kernel メーリングリ
358ストにフィードバックを提供してください。
359
360すべての他の実験的パッチに加えて、これらのカーネルは通常リリース時点で
361メインラインの -git カーネルに含まれる全ての変更も含んでいます。
362
363-mm カーネルは決まったスケジュールではリリースされません、しかし通常幾
364つかの -mm カーネル (1 から 3 が普通)が各-rc カーネルの間にリリースさ
365れます。
366
367サブシステム毎のカーネルツリーとパッチ 336サブシステム毎のカーネルツリーとパッチ
368------------------------------------------- 337-------------------------------------------
369 338
370カーネルの様々な領域で何が起きているかを見られるようにするため、多くの 339それぞれのカーネルサブシステムのメンテナ達は --- そして多くのカーネル
371カーネルサブシステム開発者は彼らの開発ツリーを公開しています。これらの 340サブシステムの開発者達も --- 各自の最新の開発状況をソースリポジトリに
372ツリーは説明したように -mm カーネルリリースに入れ込まれます。 341公開しています。そのため、自分とは異なる領域のカーネルで何が起きている
373 342かを他の人が見られるようになっています。開発が早く進んでいる領域では、
374以下はさまざまなカーネルツリーの中のいくつかのリスト- 343開発者は自身の投稿がどのサブシステムカーネルツリーを元にしているか質問
375 344されるので、その投稿とすでに進行中の他の作業との衝突が避けられます。
376 git ツリー- 345
377 - Kbuild の開発ツリー、Sam Ravnborg <sam@ravnborg.org> 346大部分のこれらのリポジトリは git ツリーです。しかしその他の SCM や
378 git.kernel.org:/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/sam/kbuild.git 347quilt シリーズとして公開されているパッチキューも使われています。これら
379 348のサブシステムリポジトリのアドレスは MAINTAINERS ファイルにリストされ
380 - ACPI の開発ツリー、 Len Brown <len.brown@intel.com> 349ています。これらの多くは http://git.kernel.org/ で参照することができま
381 git.kernel.org:/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/lenb/linux-acpi-2.6.git 350す。
382
383 - Block の開発ツリー、Jens Axboe <axboe@suse.de>
384 git.kernel.org:/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/axboe/linux-2.6-block.git
385
386 - DRM の開発ツリー、Dave Airlie <airlied@linux.ie>
387 git.kernel.org:/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/airlied/drm-2.6.git
388
389 - ia64 の開発ツリー、Tony Luck <tony.luck@intel.com>
390 git.kernel.org:/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/aegl/linux-2.6.git
391
392 - infiniband, Roland Dreier <rolandd@cisco.com>
393 git.kernel.org:/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/roland/infiniband.git
394
395 - libata, Jeff Garzik <jgarzik@pobox.com>
396 git.kernel.org:/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jgarzik/libata-dev.git
397
398 - ネットワークドライバ, Jeff Garzik <jgarzik@pobox.com>
399 git.kernel.org:/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jgarzik/netdev-2.6.git
400
401 - pcmcia, Dominik Brodowski <linux@dominikbrodowski.net>
402 git.kernel.org:/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/brodo/pcmcia-2.6.git
403
404 - SCSI, James Bottomley <James.Bottomley@hansenpartnership.com>
405 git.kernel.org:/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jejb/scsi-misc-2.6.git
406
407 - x86, Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
408 git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/x86/linux-2.6-x86.git
409
410 quilt ツリー-
411 - USB, ドライバコアと I2C, Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
412 kernel.org/pub/linux/kernel/people/gregkh/gregkh-2.6/
413 351
414 その他のカーネルツリーは http://git.kernel.org/ と MAINTAINERS ファ 352提案されたパッチがこのようなサブシステムツリーにコミットされる前に、メー
415 イルに一覧表があります。 353リングリストで事前にレビューにかけられます(以下の対応するセクションを
354参照)。いくつかのカーネルサブシステムでは、このレビューは patchwork
355というツールによって追跡されます。Patchwork は web インターフェイスに
356よってパッチ投稿の表示、パッチへのコメント付けや改訂などができ、そして
357メンテナはパッチに対して、レビュー中、受付済み、拒否というようなマーク
358をつけることができます。大部分のこれらの patchwork のサイトは
359http://patchwork.kernel.org/ でリストされています。
360
361統合テストのための 2.6.x -next カーネルツリー
362---------------------------------------------
363
364サブシステムツリーの更新内容がメインラインの 2.6.x ツリーにマージされ
365る前に、それらは統合テストされる必要があります。この目的のため、実質的
366に全サブシステムツリーからほぼ毎日プルされてできる特別なテスト用のリ
367ポジトリが存在します-
368 http://git.kernel.org/?p=linux/kernel/git/sfr/linux-next.git
369 http://linux.f-seidel.de/linux-next/pmwiki/
370
371このやり方によって、-next カーネルは次のマージ機会でどんなものがメイン
372ラインカーネルにマージされるか、おおまかなの展望を提供します。-next
373カーネルの実行テストを行う冒険好きなテスターは大いに歓迎されます
416 374
417バグレポート 375バグレポート
418------------- 376-------------
@@ -673,10 +631,9 @@ Linux カーネルコミュニティは、一度に大量のコードの塊を
673じところからスタートしたのですから。 631じところからスタートしたのですから。
674 632
675Paolo Ciarrocchi に感謝、彼は彼の書いた "Development Process" 633Paolo Ciarrocchi に感謝、彼は彼の書いた "Development Process"
676(http://linux.tar.bz/articles/2.6-development_process)セクショ 634(http://lwn.net/Articles/94386/) セクションをこのテキストの原型にする
677ンをこのテキストの原型にすることを許可してくれました。 635ことを許可してくれました。Rundy Dunlap と Gerrit Huizenga はメーリング
678Rundy Dunlap と Gerrit Huizenga はメーリングリストでやるべきこととやっ 636リストでやるべきこととやってはいけないことのリストを提供してくれました。
679てはいけないことのリストを提供してくれました。
680以下の人々のレビュー、コメント、貢献に感謝。 637以下の人々のレビュー、コメント、貢献に感謝。
681Pat Mochel, Hanna Linder, Randy Dunlap, Kay Sievers, 638Pat Mochel, Hanna Linder, Randy Dunlap, Kay Sievers,
682Vojtech Pavlik, Jan Kara, Josh Boyer, Kees Cook, Andrew Morton, Andi 639Vojtech Pavlik, Jan Kara, Josh Boyer, Kees Cook, Andrew Morton, Andi
diff --git a/Documentation/kbuild/kbuild.txt b/Documentation/kbuild/kbuild.txt
index 7c2a89ba674c..68e32bb6bd80 100644
--- a/Documentation/kbuild/kbuild.txt
+++ b/Documentation/kbuild/kbuild.txt
@@ -201,3 +201,16 @@ KBUILD_ENABLE_EXTRA_GCC_CHECKS
201-------------------------------------------------- 201--------------------------------------------------
202If enabled over the make command line with "W=1", it turns on additional 202If enabled over the make command line with "W=1", it turns on additional
203gcc -W... options for more extensive build-time checking. 203gcc -W... options for more extensive build-time checking.
204
205KBUILD_BUILD_TIMESTAMP
206--------------------------------------------------
207Setting this to a date string overrides the timestamp used in the
208UTS_VERSION definition (uname -v in the running kernel). The value has to
209be a string that can be passed to date -d. The default value
210is the output of the date command at one point during build.
211
212KBUILD_BUILD_USER, KBUILD_BUILD_HOST
213--------------------------------------------------
214These two variables allow to override the user@host string displayed during
215boot and in /proc/version. The default value is the output of the commands
216whoami and host, respectively.
diff --git a/Documentation/kbuild/kconfig-language.txt b/Documentation/kbuild/kconfig-language.txt
index b507d61fd41c..44e2649fbb29 100644
--- a/Documentation/kbuild/kconfig-language.txt
+++ b/Documentation/kbuild/kconfig-language.txt
@@ -113,6 +113,13 @@ applicable everywhere (see syntax).
113 That will limit the usefulness but on the other hand avoid 113 That will limit the usefulness but on the other hand avoid
114 the illegal configurations all over. 114 the illegal configurations all over.
115 115
116- limiting menu display: "visible if" <expr>
117 This attribute is only applicable to menu blocks, if the condition is
118 false, the menu block is not displayed to the user (the symbols
119 contained there can still be selected by other symbols, though). It is
120 similar to a conditional "prompt" attribude for individual menu
121 entries. Default value of "visible" is true.
122
116- numerical ranges: "range" <symbol> <symbol> ["if" <expr>] 123- numerical ranges: "range" <symbol> <symbol> ["if" <expr>]
117 This allows to limit the range of possible input values for int 124 This allows to limit the range of possible input values for int
118 and hex symbols. The user can only input a value which is larger than 125 and hex symbols. The user can only input a value which is larger than
@@ -303,7 +310,8 @@ menu:
303 "endmenu" 310 "endmenu"
304 311
305This defines a menu block, see "Menu structure" above for more 312This defines a menu block, see "Menu structure" above for more
306information. The only possible options are dependencies. 313information. The only possible options are dependencies and "visible"
314attributes.
307 315
308if: 316if:
309 317
@@ -381,3 +389,25 @@ config FOO
381 389
382limits FOO to module (=m) or disabled (=n). 390limits FOO to module (=m) or disabled (=n).
383 391
392Kconfig symbol existence
393~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
394The following two methods produce the same kconfig symbol dependencies
395but differ greatly in kconfig symbol existence (production) in the
396generated config file.
397
398case 1:
399
400config FOO
401 tristate "about foo"
402 depends on BAR
403
404vs. case 2:
405
406if BAR
407config FOO
408 tristate "about foo"
409endif
410
411In case 1, the symbol FOO will always exist in the config file (given
412no other dependencies). In case 2, the symbol FOO will only exist in
413the config file if BAR is enabled.
diff --git a/Documentation/kbuild/kconfig.txt b/Documentation/kbuild/kconfig.txt
index cca46b1a0f6c..c313d71324b4 100644
--- a/Documentation/kbuild/kconfig.txt
+++ b/Documentation/kbuild/kconfig.txt
@@ -48,11 +48,6 @@ KCONFIG_OVERWRITECONFIG
48If you set KCONFIG_OVERWRITECONFIG in the environment, Kconfig will not 48If you set KCONFIG_OVERWRITECONFIG in the environment, Kconfig will not
49break symlinks when .config is a symlink to somewhere else. 49break symlinks when .config is a symlink to somewhere else.
50 50
51KCONFIG_NOTIMESTAMP
52--------------------------------------------------
53If this environment variable exists and is non-null, the timestamp line
54in generated .config files is omitted.
55
56______________________________________________________________________ 51______________________________________________________________________
57Environment variables for '{allyes/allmod/allno/rand}config' 52Environment variables for '{allyes/allmod/allno/rand}config'
58 53
diff --git a/Documentation/kbuild/makefiles.txt b/Documentation/kbuild/makefiles.txt
index 5d145bb443c0..47435e56c5da 100644
--- a/Documentation/kbuild/makefiles.txt
+++ b/Documentation/kbuild/makefiles.txt
@@ -40,11 +40,13 @@ This document describes the Linux kernel Makefiles.
40 --- 6.6 Commands useful for building a boot image 40 --- 6.6 Commands useful for building a boot image
41 --- 6.7 Custom kbuild commands 41 --- 6.7 Custom kbuild commands
42 --- 6.8 Preprocessing linker scripts 42 --- 6.8 Preprocessing linker scripts
43 --- 6.9 Generic header files
43 44
44 === 7 Kbuild syntax for exported headers 45 === 7 Kbuild syntax for exported headers
45 --- 7.1 header-y 46 --- 7.1 header-y
46 --- 7.2 objhdr-y 47 --- 7.2 objhdr-y
47 --- 7.3 destination-y 48 --- 7.3 destination-y
49 --- 7.4 generic-y
48 50
49 === 8 Kbuild Variables 51 === 8 Kbuild Variables
50 === 9 Makefile language 52 === 9 Makefile language
@@ -499,6 +501,18 @@ more details, with real examples.
499 gcc >= 3.00. For gcc < 3.00, -malign-functions=4 is used. 501 gcc >= 3.00. For gcc < 3.00, -malign-functions=4 is used.
500 Note: cc-option-align uses KBUILD_CFLAGS for $(CC) options 502 Note: cc-option-align uses KBUILD_CFLAGS for $(CC) options
501 503
504 cc-disable-warning
505 cc-disable-warning checks if gcc supports a given warning and returns
506 the commandline switch to disable it. This special function is needed,
507 because gcc 4.4 and later accept any unknown -Wno-* option and only
508 warn about it if there is another warning in the source file.
509
510 Example:
511 KBUILD_CFLAGS += $(call cc-disable-warning, unused-but-set-variable)
512
513 In the above example, -Wno-unused-but-set-variable will be added to
514 KBUILD_CFLAGS only if gcc really accepts it.
515
502 cc-version 516 cc-version
503 cc-version returns a numerical version of the $(CC) compiler version. 517 cc-version returns a numerical version of the $(CC) compiler version.
504 The format is <major><minor> where both are two digits. So for example 518 The format is <major><minor> where both are two digits. So for example
@@ -955,6 +969,11 @@ When kbuild executes, the following steps are followed (roughly):
955 used when linking modules. This is often a linker script. 969 used when linking modules. This is often a linker script.
956 From commandline LDFLAGS_MODULE shall be used (see kbuild.txt). 970 From commandline LDFLAGS_MODULE shall be used (see kbuild.txt).
957 971
972 KBUILD_ARFLAGS Options for $(AR) when creating archives
973
974 $(KBUILD_ARFLAGS) set by the top level Makefile to "D" (deterministic
975 mode) if this option is supported by $(AR).
976
958--- 6.2 Add prerequisites to archprepare: 977--- 6.2 Add prerequisites to archprepare:
959 978
960 The archprepare: rule is used to list prerequisites that need to be 979 The archprepare: rule is used to list prerequisites that need to be
@@ -1209,6 +1228,14 @@ When kbuild executes, the following steps are followed (roughly):
1209 The kbuild infrastructure for *lds file are used in several 1228 The kbuild infrastructure for *lds file are used in several
1210 architecture-specific files. 1229 architecture-specific files.
1211 1230
1231--- 6.9 Generic header files
1232
1233 The directory include/asm-generic contains the header files
1234 that may be shared between individual architectures.
1235 The recommended approach how to use a generic header file is
1236 to list the file in the Kbuild file.
1237 See "7.4 generic-y" for further info on syntax etc.
1238
1212=== 7 Kbuild syntax for exported headers 1239=== 7 Kbuild syntax for exported headers
1213 1240
1214The kernel include a set of headers that is exported to userspace. 1241The kernel include a set of headers that is exported to userspace.
@@ -1265,6 +1292,32 @@ See subsequent chapter for the syntax of the Kbuild file.
1265 In the example above all exported headers in the Kbuild file 1292 In the example above all exported headers in the Kbuild file
1266 will be located in the directory "include/linux" when exported. 1293 will be located in the directory "include/linux" when exported.
1267 1294
1295 --- 7.4 generic-y
1296
1297 If an architecture uses a verbatim copy of a header from
1298 include/asm-generic then this is listed in the file
1299 arch/$(ARCH)/include/asm/Kbuild like this:
1300
1301 Example:
1302 #arch/x86/include/asm/Kbuild
1303 generic-y += termios.h
1304 generic-y += rtc.h
1305
1306 During the prepare phase of the build a wrapper include
1307 file is generated in the directory:
1308
1309 arch/$(ARCH)/include/generated/asm
1310
1311 When a header is exported where the architecture uses
1312 the generic header a similar wrapper is generated as part
1313 of the set of exported headers in the directory:
1314
1315 usr/include/asm
1316
1317 The generated wrapper will in both cases look like the following:
1318
1319 Example: termios.h
1320 #include <asm-generic/termios.h>
1268 1321
1269=== 8 Kbuild Variables 1322=== 8 Kbuild Variables
1270 1323
diff --git a/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt b/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt
index cc85a9278190..5438a2d7907f 100644
--- a/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt
+++ b/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt
@@ -245,7 +245,7 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted.
245 245
246 acpi_sleep= [HW,ACPI] Sleep options 246 acpi_sleep= [HW,ACPI] Sleep options
247 Format: { s3_bios, s3_mode, s3_beep, s4_nohwsig, 247 Format: { s3_bios, s3_mode, s3_beep, s4_nohwsig,
248 old_ordering, s4_nonvs, sci_force_enable } 248 old_ordering, nonvs, sci_force_enable }
249 See Documentation/power/video.txt for information on 249 See Documentation/power/video.txt for information on
250 s3_bios and s3_mode. 250 s3_bios and s3_mode.
251 s3_beep is for debugging; it makes the PC's speaker beep 251 s3_beep is for debugging; it makes the PC's speaker beep
@@ -1664,6 +1664,10 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted.
1664 noexec=on: enable non-executable mappings (default) 1664 noexec=on: enable non-executable mappings (default)
1665 noexec=off: disable non-executable mappings 1665 noexec=off: disable non-executable mappings
1666 1666
1667 nosmep [X86]
1668 Disable SMEP (Supervisor Mode Execution Protection)
1669 even if it is supported by processor.
1670
1667 noexec32 [X86-64] 1671 noexec32 [X86-64]
1668 This affects only 32-bit executables. 1672 This affects only 32-bit executables.
1669 noexec32=on: enable non-executable mappings (default) 1673 noexec32=on: enable non-executable mappings (default)
@@ -1773,9 +1777,6 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted.
1773 1777
1774 nosoftlockup [KNL] Disable the soft-lockup detector. 1778 nosoftlockup [KNL] Disable the soft-lockup detector.
1775 1779
1776 noswapaccount [KNL] Disable accounting of swap in memory resource
1777 controller. (See Documentation/cgroups/memory.txt)
1778
1779 nosync [HW,M68K] Disables sync negotiation for all devices. 1780 nosync [HW,M68K] Disables sync negotiation for all devices.
1780 1781
1781 notsc [BUGS=X86-32] Disable Time Stamp Counter 1782 notsc [BUGS=X86-32] Disable Time Stamp Counter
@@ -2581,6 +2582,10 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted.
2581 bytes of sense data); 2582 bytes of sense data);
2582 c = FIX_CAPACITY (decrease the reported 2583 c = FIX_CAPACITY (decrease the reported
2583 device capacity by one sector); 2584 device capacity by one sector);
2585 d = NO_READ_DISC_INFO (don't use
2586 READ_DISC_INFO command);
2587 e = NO_READ_CAPACITY_16 (don't use
2588 READ_CAPACITY_16 command);
2584 h = CAPACITY_HEURISTICS (decrease the 2589 h = CAPACITY_HEURISTICS (decrease the
2585 reported device capacity by one 2590 reported device capacity by one
2586 sector if the number is odd); 2591 sector if the number is odd);
diff --git a/Documentation/lockstat.txt b/Documentation/lockstat.txt
index 65f4c795015d..9c0a80d17a23 100644
--- a/Documentation/lockstat.txt
+++ b/Documentation/lockstat.txt
@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ View the top contending locks:
136 dcache_lock: 1037 1161 0.38 45.32 774.51 6611 243371 0.15 306.48 77387.24 136 dcache_lock: 1037 1161 0.38 45.32 774.51 6611 243371 0.15 306.48 77387.24
137 &inode->i_mutex: 161 286 18446744073709 62882.54 1244614.55 3653 20598 18446744073709 62318.60 1693822.74 137 &inode->i_mutex: 161 286 18446744073709 62882.54 1244614.55 3653 20598 18446744073709 62318.60 1693822.74
138 &zone->lru_lock: 94 94 0.53 7.33 92.10 4366 32690 0.29 59.81 16350.06 138 &zone->lru_lock: 94 94 0.53 7.33 92.10 4366 32690 0.29 59.81 16350.06
139 &inode->i_data.i_mmap_lock: 79 79 0.40 3.77 53.03 11779 87755 0.28 116.93 29898.44 139 &inode->i_data.i_mmap_mutex: 79 79 0.40 3.77 53.03 11779 87755 0.28 116.93 29898.44
140 &q->__queue_lock: 48 50 0.52 31.62 86.31 774 13131 0.17 113.08 12277.52 140 &q->__queue_lock: 48 50 0.52 31.62 86.31 774 13131 0.17 113.08 12277.52
141 &rq->rq_lock_key: 43 47 0.74 68.50 170.63 3706 33929 0.22 107.99 17460.62 141 &rq->rq_lock_key: 43 47 0.74 68.50 170.63 3706 33929 0.22 107.99 17460.62
142 &rq->rq_lock_key#2: 39 46 0.75 6.68 49.03 2979 32292 0.17 125.17 17137.63 142 &rq->rq_lock_key#2: 39 46 0.75 6.68 49.03 2979 32292 0.17 125.17 17137.63
diff --git a/Documentation/mmc/00-INDEX b/Documentation/mmc/00-INDEX
index fca586f5b853..93dd7a714075 100644
--- a/Documentation/mmc/00-INDEX
+++ b/Documentation/mmc/00-INDEX
@@ -2,3 +2,5 @@
2 - this file 2 - this file
3mmc-dev-attrs.txt 3mmc-dev-attrs.txt
4 - info on SD and MMC device attributes 4 - info on SD and MMC device attributes
5mmc-dev-parts.txt
6 - info on SD and MMC device partitions
diff --git a/Documentation/mmc/mmc-dev-attrs.txt b/Documentation/mmc/mmc-dev-attrs.txt
index ff2bd685bced..8898a95b41e5 100644
--- a/Documentation/mmc/mmc-dev-attrs.txt
+++ b/Documentation/mmc/mmc-dev-attrs.txt
@@ -1,3 +1,13 @@
1SD and MMC Block Device Attributes
2==================================
3
4These attributes are defined for the block devices associated with the
5SD or MMC device.
6
7The following attributes are read/write.
8
9 force_ro Enforce read-only access even if write protect switch is off.
10
1SD and MMC Device Attributes 11SD and MMC Device Attributes
2============================ 12============================
3 13
diff --git a/Documentation/mmc/mmc-dev-parts.txt b/Documentation/mmc/mmc-dev-parts.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..2db28b8e662f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/mmc/mmc-dev-parts.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
1SD and MMC Device Partitions
2============================
3
4Device partitions are additional logical block devices present on the
5SD/MMC device.
6
7As of this writing, MMC boot partitions as supported and exposed as
8/dev/mmcblkXboot0 and /dev/mmcblkXboot1, where X is the index of the
9parent /dev/mmcblkX.
10
11MMC Boot Partitions
12===================
13
14Read and write access is provided to the two MMC boot partitions. Due to
15the sensitive nature of the boot partition contents, which often store
16a bootloader or bootloader configuration tables crucial to booting the
17platform, write access is disabled by default to reduce the chance of
18accidental bricking.
19
20To enable write access to /dev/mmcblkXbootY, disable the forced read-only
21access with:
22
23echo 0 > /sys/block/mmcblkXbootY/force_ro
24
25To re-enable read-only access:
26
27echo 1 > /sys/block/mmcblkXbootY/force_ro
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/batman-adv.txt b/Documentation/networking/batman-adv.txt
index ee496eb2f4a6..88d4afbdef98 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/batman-adv.txt
+++ b/Documentation/networking/batman-adv.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
1[state: 27-01-2011] 1[state: 17-04-2011]
2 2
3BATMAN-ADV 3BATMAN-ADV
4---------- 4----------
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@ duce the overhead to a minimum. It does not depend on any (other)
19network driver, and can be used on wifi as well as ethernet lan, 19network driver, and can be used on wifi as well as ethernet lan,
20vpn, etc ... (anything with ethernet-style layer 2). 20vpn, etc ... (anything with ethernet-style layer 2).
21 21
22
22CONFIGURATION 23CONFIGURATION
23------------- 24-------------
24 25
@@ -160,13 +161,13 @@ face. Each entry can/has to have the following values:
160-> "TQ mac value" - src mac's link quality towards mac address 161-> "TQ mac value" - src mac's link quality towards mac address
161 of a neighbor originator's interface which 162 of a neighbor originator's interface which
162 is being used for routing 163 is being used for routing
163-> "HNA mac" - HNA announced by source mac 164-> "TT mac" - TT announced by source mac
164-> "PRIMARY" - this is a primary interface 165-> "PRIMARY" - this is a primary interface
165-> "SEC mac" - secondary mac address of source 166-> "SEC mac" - secondary mac address of source
166 (requires preceding PRIMARY) 167 (requires preceding PRIMARY)
167 168
168The TQ value has a range from 4 to 255 with 255 being the best. 169The TQ value has a range from 4 to 255 with 255 being the best.
169The HNA entries are showing which hosts are connected to the mesh 170The TT entries are showing which hosts are connected to the mesh
170via bat0 or being bridged into the mesh network. The PRIMARY/SEC 171via bat0 or being bridged into the mesh network. The PRIMARY/SEC
171values are only applied on primary interfaces 172values are only applied on primary interfaces
172 173
@@ -199,7 +200,7 @@ abled during run time. Following log_levels are defined:
199 200
2000 - All debug output disabled 2010 - All debug output disabled
2011 - Enable messages related to routing / flooding / broadcasting 2021 - Enable messages related to routing / flooding / broadcasting
2022 - Enable route or hna added / changed / deleted 2032 - Enable route or tt entry added / changed / deleted
2033 - Enable all messages 2043 - Enable all messages
204 205
205The debug output can be changed at runtime using the file 206The debug output can be changed at runtime using the file
@@ -207,7 +208,7 @@ The debug output can be changed at runtime using the file
207 208
208# echo 2 > /sys/class/net/bat0/mesh/log_level 209# echo 2 > /sys/class/net/bat0/mesh/log_level
209 210
210will enable debug messages for when routes or HNAs change. 211will enable debug messages for when routes or TTs change.
211 212
212 213
213BATCTL 214BATCTL
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/bonding.txt b/Documentation/networking/bonding.txt
index e27202bb8d75..675612ff41ae 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/bonding.txt
+++ b/Documentation/networking/bonding.txt
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
1 1
2 Linux Ethernet Bonding Driver HOWTO 2 Linux Ethernet Bonding Driver HOWTO
3 3
4 Latest update: 23 September 2009 4 Latest update: 27 April 2011
5 5
6Initial release : Thomas Davis <tadavis at lbl.gov> 6Initial release : Thomas Davis <tadavis at lbl.gov>
7Corrections, HA extensions : 2000/10/03-15 : 7Corrections, HA extensions : 2000/10/03-15 :
@@ -585,25 +585,23 @@ mode
585 chosen. 585 chosen.
586 586
587num_grat_arp 587num_grat_arp
588
589 Specifies the number of gratuitous ARPs to be issued after a
590 failover event. One gratuitous ARP is issued immediately after
591 the failover, subsequent ARPs are sent at a rate of one per link
592 monitor interval (arp_interval or miimon, whichever is active).
593
594 The valid range is 0 - 255; the default value is 1. This option
595 affects only the active-backup mode. This option was added for
596 bonding version 3.3.0.
597
598num_unsol_na 588num_unsol_na
599 589
600 Specifies the number of unsolicited IPv6 Neighbor Advertisements 590 Specify the number of peer notifications (gratuitous ARPs and
601 to be issued after a failover event. One unsolicited NA is issued 591 unsolicited IPv6 Neighbor Advertisements) to be issued after a
602 immediately after the failover. 592 failover event. As soon as the link is up on the new slave
593 (possibly immediately) a peer notification is sent on the
594 bonding device and each VLAN sub-device. This is repeated at
595 each link monitor interval (arp_interval or miimon, whichever
596 is active) if the number is greater than 1.
603 597
604 The valid range is 0 - 255; the default value is 1. This option 598 The valid range is 0 - 255; the default value is 1. These options
605 affects only the active-backup mode. This option was added for 599 affect only the active-backup mode. These options were added for
606 bonding version 3.4.0. 600 bonding versions 3.3.0 and 3.4.0 respectively.
601
602 From Linux 2.6.40 and bonding version 3.7.1, these notifications
603 are generated by the ipv4 and ipv6 code and the numbers of
604 repetitions cannot be set independently.
607 605
608primary 606primary
609 607
@@ -772,8 +770,17 @@ resend_igmp
772 a failover event. One membership report is issued immediately after 770 a failover event. One membership report is issued immediately after
773 the failover, subsequent packets are sent in each 200ms interval. 771 the failover, subsequent packets are sent in each 200ms interval.
774 772
775 The valid range is 0 - 255; the default value is 1. This option 773 The valid range is 0 - 255; the default value is 1. A value of 0
776 was added for bonding version 3.7.0. 774 prevents the IGMP membership report from being issued in response
775 to the failover event.
776
777 This option is useful for bonding modes balance-rr (0), active-backup
778 (1), balance-tlb (5) and balance-alb (6), in which a failover can
779 switch the IGMP traffic from one slave to another. Therefore a fresh
780 IGMP report must be issued to cause the switch to forward the incoming
781 IGMP traffic over the newly selected slave.
782
783 This option was added for bonding version 3.7.0.
777 784
7783. Configuring Bonding Devices 7853. Configuring Bonding Devices
779============================== 786==============================
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/igb.txt b/Documentation/networking/igb.txt
index 98953c0d5342..9a2a037194a5 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/igb.txt
+++ b/Documentation/networking/igb.txt
@@ -93,6 +93,19 @@ Additional Configurations
93 REQUIREMENTS: MSI-X support is required for Multiqueue. If MSI-X is not 93 REQUIREMENTS: MSI-X support is required for Multiqueue. If MSI-X is not
94 found, the system will fallback to MSI or to Legacy interrupts. 94 found, the system will fallback to MSI or to Legacy interrupts.
95 95
96 MAC and VLAN anti-spoofing feature
97 ----------------------------------
98 When a malicious driver attempts to send a spoofed packet, it is dropped by
99 the hardware and not transmitted. An interrupt is sent to the PF driver
100 notifying it of the spoof attempt.
101
102 When a spoofed packet is detected the PF driver will send the following
103 message to the system log (displayed by the "dmesg" command):
104
105 Spoof event(s) detected on VF(n)
106
107 Where n=the VF that attempted to do the spoofing.
108
96Support 109Support
97======= 110=======
98 111
diff --git a/Documentation/power/devices.txt b/Documentation/power/devices.txt
index 1971bcf48a60..88880839ece4 100644
--- a/Documentation/power/devices.txt
+++ b/Documentation/power/devices.txt
@@ -279,11 +279,15 @@ When the system goes into the standby or memory sleep state, the phases are:
279 time.) Unlike the other suspend-related phases, during the prepare 279 time.) Unlike the other suspend-related phases, during the prepare
280 phase the device tree is traversed top-down. 280 phase the device tree is traversed top-down.
281 281
282 The prepare phase uses only a bus callback. After the callback method 282 In addition to that, if device drivers need to allocate additional
283 returns, no new children may be registered below the device. The method 283 memory to be able to hadle device suspend correctly, that should be
284 may also prepare the device or driver in some way for the upcoming 284 done in the prepare phase.
285 system power transition, but it should not put the device into a 285
286 low-power state. 286 After the prepare callback method returns, no new children may be
287 registered below the device. The method may also prepare the device or
288 driver in some way for the upcoming system power transition (for
289 example, by allocating additional memory required for this purpose), but
290 it should not put the device into a low-power state.
287 291
288 2. The suspend methods should quiesce the device to stop it from performing 292 2. The suspend methods should quiesce the device to stop it from performing
289 I/O. They also may save the device registers and put it into the 293 I/O. They also may save the device registers and put it into the
diff --git a/Documentation/power/notifiers.txt b/Documentation/power/notifiers.txt
index cf980709122a..c2a4a346c0d9 100644
--- a/Documentation/power/notifiers.txt
+++ b/Documentation/power/notifiers.txt
@@ -1,46 +1,41 @@
1Suspend notifiers 1Suspend notifiers
2 (C) 2007 Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>, GPL 2 (C) 2007-2011 Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>, GPL
3 3
4There are some operations that device drivers may want to carry out in their 4There are some operations that subsystems or drivers may want to carry out
5.suspend() routines, but shouldn't, because they can cause the hibernation or 5before hibernation/suspend or after restore/resume, but they require the system
6suspend to fail. For example, a driver may want to allocate a substantial amount 6to be fully functional, so the drivers' and subsystems' .suspend() and .resume()
7of memory (like 50 MB) in .suspend(), but that shouldn't be done after the 7or even .prepare() and .complete() callbacks are not suitable for this purpose.
8swsusp's memory shrinker has run. 8For example, device drivers may want to upload firmware to their devices after
9 9resume/restore, but they cannot do it by calling request_firmware() from their
10Also, there may be some operations, that subsystems want to carry out before a 10.resume() or .complete() routines (user land processes are frozen at these
11hibernation/suspend or after a restore/resume, requiring the system to be fully 11points). The solution may be to load the firmware into memory before processes
12functional, so the drivers' .suspend() and .resume() routines are not suitable 12are frozen and upload it from there in the .resume() routine.
13for this purpose. For example, device drivers may want to upload firmware to 13A suspend/hibernation notifier may be used for this purpose.
14their devices after a restore from a hibernation image, but they cannot do it by 14
15calling request_firmware() from their .resume() routines (user land processes 15The subsystems or drivers having such needs can register suspend notifiers that
16are frozen at this point). The solution may be to load the firmware into 16will be called upon the following events by the PM core:
17memory before processes are frozen and upload it from there in the .resume()
18routine. Of course, a hibernation notifier may be used for this purpose.
19
20The subsystems that have such needs can register suspend notifiers that will be
21called upon the following events by the suspend core:
22 17
23PM_HIBERNATION_PREPARE The system is going to hibernate or suspend, tasks will 18PM_HIBERNATION_PREPARE The system is going to hibernate or suspend, tasks will
24 be frozen immediately. 19 be frozen immediately.
25 20
26PM_POST_HIBERNATION The system memory state has been restored from a 21PM_POST_HIBERNATION The system memory state has been restored from a
27 hibernation image or an error occurred during the 22 hibernation image or an error occurred during
28 hibernation. Device drivers' .resume() callbacks have 23 hibernation. Device drivers' restore callbacks have
29 been executed and tasks have been thawed. 24 been executed and tasks have been thawed.
30 25
31PM_RESTORE_PREPARE The system is going to restore a hibernation image. 26PM_RESTORE_PREPARE The system is going to restore a hibernation image.
32 If all goes well the restored kernel will issue a 27 If all goes well, the restored kernel will issue a
33 PM_POST_HIBERNATION notification. 28 PM_POST_HIBERNATION notification.
34 29
35PM_POST_RESTORE An error occurred during the hibernation restore. 30PM_POST_RESTORE An error occurred during restore from hibernation.
36 Device drivers' .resume() callbacks have been executed 31 Device drivers' restore callbacks have been executed
37 and tasks have been thawed. 32 and tasks have been thawed.
38 33
39PM_SUSPEND_PREPARE The system is preparing for a suspend. 34PM_SUSPEND_PREPARE The system is preparing for suspend.
40 35
41PM_POST_SUSPEND The system has just resumed or an error occurred during 36PM_POST_SUSPEND The system has just resumed or an error occurred during
42 the suspend. Device drivers' .resume() callbacks have 37 suspend. Device drivers' resume callbacks have been
43 been executed and tasks have been thawed. 38 executed and tasks have been thawed.
44 39
45It is generally assumed that whatever the notifiers do for 40It is generally assumed that whatever the notifiers do for
46PM_HIBERNATION_PREPARE, should be undone for PM_POST_HIBERNATION. Analogously, 41PM_HIBERNATION_PREPARE, should be undone for PM_POST_HIBERNATION. Analogously,
diff --git a/Documentation/power/regulator/machine.txt b/Documentation/power/regulator/machine.txt
index bdec39b9bd75..b42419b52e44 100644
--- a/Documentation/power/regulator/machine.txt
+++ b/Documentation/power/regulator/machine.txt
@@ -53,11 +53,11 @@ static struct regulator_init_data regulator1_data = {
53 53
54Regulator-1 supplies power to Regulator-2. This relationship must be registered 54Regulator-1 supplies power to Regulator-2. This relationship must be registered
55with the core so that Regulator-1 is also enabled when Consumer A enables its 55with the core so that Regulator-1 is also enabled when Consumer A enables its
56supply (Regulator-2). The supply regulator is set by the supply_regulator_dev 56supply (Regulator-2). The supply regulator is set by the supply_regulator
57field below:- 57field below:-
58 58
59static struct regulator_init_data regulator2_data = { 59static struct regulator_init_data regulator2_data = {
60 .supply_regulator_dev = &platform_regulator1_device.dev, 60 .supply_regulator = "regulator_name",
61 .constraints = { 61 .constraints = {
62 .min_uV = 1800000, 62 .min_uV = 1800000,
63 .max_uV = 2000000, 63 .max_uV = 2000000,
diff --git a/Documentation/pti/pti_intel_mid.txt b/Documentation/pti/pti_intel_mid.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..e7a5b6d1f7a9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/pti/pti_intel_mid.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
1The Intel MID PTI project is HW implemented in Intel Atom
2system-on-a-chip designs based on the Parallel Trace
3Interface for MIPI P1149.7 cJTAG standard. The kernel solution
4for this platform involves the following files:
5
6./include/linux/pti.h
7./drivers/.../n_tracesink.h
8./drivers/.../n_tracerouter.c
9./drivers/.../n_tracesink.c
10./drivers/.../pti.c
11
12pti.c is the driver that enables various debugging features
13popular on platforms from certain mobile manufacturers.
14n_tracerouter.c and n_tracesink.c allow extra system information to
15be collected and routed to the pti driver, such as trace
16debugging data from a modem. Although n_tracerouter
17and n_tracesink are a part of the complete PTI solution,
18these two line disciplines can work separately from
19pti.c and route any data stream from one /dev/tty node
20to another /dev/tty node via kernel-space. This provides
21a stable, reliable connection that will not break unless
22the user-space application shuts down (plus avoids
23kernel->user->kernel context switch overheads of routing
24data).
25
26An example debugging usage for this driver system:
27 *Hook /dev/ttyPTI0 to syslogd. Opening this port will also start
28 a console device to further capture debugging messages to PTI.
29 *Hook /dev/ttyPTI1 to modem debugging data to write to PTI HW.
30 This is where n_tracerouter and n_tracesink are used.
31 *Hook /dev/pti to a user-level debugging application for writing
32 to PTI HW.
33 *Use mipi_* Kernel Driver API in other device drivers for
34 debugging to PTI by first requesting a PTI write address via
35 mipi_request_masterchannel(1).
36
37Below is example pseudo-code on how a 'privileged' application
38can hook up n_tracerouter and n_tracesink to any tty on
39a system. 'Privileged' means the application has enough
40privileges to successfully manipulate the ldisc drivers
41but is not just blindly executing as 'root'. Keep in mind
42the use of ioctl(,TIOCSETD,) is not specific to the n_tracerouter
43and n_tracesink line discpline drivers but is a generic
44operation for a program to use a line discpline driver
45on a tty port other than the default n_tty.
46
47/////////// To hook up n_tracerouter and n_tracesink /////////
48
49// Note that n_tracerouter depends on n_tracesink.
50#include <errno.h>
51#define ONE_TTY "/dev/ttyOne"
52#define TWO_TTY "/dev/ttyTwo"
53
54// needed global to hand onto ldisc connection
55static int g_fd_source = -1;
56static int g_fd_sink = -1;
57
58// these two vars used to grab LDISC values from loaded ldisc drivers
59// in OS. Look at /proc/tty/ldiscs to get the right numbers from
60// the ldiscs loaded in the system.
61int source_ldisc_num, sink_ldisc_num = -1;
62int retval;
63
64g_fd_source = open(ONE_TTY, O_RDWR); // must be R/W
65g_fd_sink = open(TWO_TTY, O_RDWR); // must be R/W
66
67if (g_fd_source <= 0) || (g_fd_sink <= 0) {
68 // doubt you'll want to use these exact error lines of code
69 printf("Error on open(). errno: %d\n",errno);
70 return errno;
71}
72
73retval = ioctl(g_fd_sink, TIOCSETD, &sink_ldisc_num);
74if (retval < 0) {
75 printf("Error on ioctl(). errno: %d\n", errno);
76 return errno;
77}
78
79retval = ioctl(g_fd_source, TIOCSETD, &source_ldisc_num);
80if (retval < 0) {
81 printf("Error on ioctl(). errno: %d\n", errno);
82 return errno;
83}
84
85/////////// To disconnect n_tracerouter and n_tracesink ////////
86
87// First make sure data through the ldiscs has stopped.
88
89// Second, disconnect ldiscs. This provides a
90// little cleaner shutdown on tty stack.
91sink_ldisc_num = 0;
92source_ldisc_num = 0;
93ioctl(g_fd_uart, TIOCSETD, &sink_ldisc_num);
94ioctl(g_fd_gadget, TIOCSETD, &source_ldisc_num);
95
96// Three, program closes connection, and cleanup:
97close(g_fd_uart);
98close(g_fd_gadget);
99g_fd_uart = g_fd_gadget = NULL;
diff --git a/Documentation/ptp/ptp.txt b/Documentation/ptp/ptp.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..ae8fef86b832
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ptp/ptp.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
1
2* PTP hardware clock infrastructure for Linux
3
4 This patch set introduces support for IEEE 1588 PTP clocks in
5 Linux. Together with the SO_TIMESTAMPING socket options, this
6 presents a standardized method for developing PTP user space
7 programs, synchronizing Linux with external clocks, and using the
8 ancillary features of PTP hardware clocks.
9
10 A new class driver exports a kernel interface for specific clock
11 drivers and a user space interface. The infrastructure supports a
12 complete set of PTP hardware clock functionality.
13
14 + Basic clock operations
15 - Set time
16 - Get time
17 - Shift the clock by a given offset atomically
18 - Adjust clock frequency
19
20 + Ancillary clock features
21 - One short or periodic alarms, with signal delivery to user program
22 - Time stamp external events
23 - Period output signals configurable from user space
24 - Synchronization of the Linux system time via the PPS subsystem
25
26** PTP hardware clock kernel API
27
28 A PTP clock driver registers itself with the class driver. The
29 class driver handles all of the dealings with user space. The
30 author of a clock driver need only implement the details of
31 programming the clock hardware. The clock driver notifies the class
32 driver of asynchronous events (alarms and external time stamps) via
33 a simple message passing interface.
34
35 The class driver supports multiple PTP clock drivers. In normal use
36 cases, only one PTP clock is needed. However, for testing and
37 development, it can be useful to have more than one clock in a
38 single system, in order to allow performance comparisons.
39
40** PTP hardware clock user space API
41
42 The class driver also creates a character device for each
43 registered clock. User space can use an open file descriptor from
44 the character device as a POSIX clock id and may call
45 clock_gettime, clock_settime, and clock_adjtime. These calls
46 implement the basic clock operations.
47
48 User space programs may control the clock using standardized
49 ioctls. A program may query, enable, configure, and disable the
50 ancillary clock features. User space can receive time stamped
51 events via blocking read() and poll(). One shot and periodic
52 signals may be configured via the POSIX timer_settime() system
53 call.
54
55** Writing clock drivers
56
57 Clock drivers include include/linux/ptp_clock_kernel.h and register
58 themselves by presenting a 'struct ptp_clock_info' to the
59 registration method. Clock drivers must implement all of the
60 functions in the interface. If a clock does not offer a particular
61 ancillary feature, then the driver should just return -EOPNOTSUPP
62 from those functions.
63
64 Drivers must ensure that all of the methods in interface are
65 reentrant. Since most hardware implementations treat the time value
66 as a 64 bit integer accessed as two 32 bit registers, drivers
67 should use spin_lock_irqsave/spin_unlock_irqrestore to protect
68 against concurrent access. This locking cannot be accomplished in
69 class driver, since the lock may also be needed by the clock
70 driver's interrupt service routine.
71
72** Supported hardware
73
74 + Freescale eTSEC gianfar
75 - 2 Time stamp external triggers, programmable polarity (opt. interrupt)
76 - 2 Alarm registers (optional interrupt)
77 - 3 Periodic signals (optional interrupt)
78
79 + National DP83640
80 - 6 GPIOs programmable as inputs or outputs
81 - 6 GPIOs with dedicated functions (LED/JTAG/clock) can also be
82 used as general inputs or outputs
83 - GPIO inputs can time stamp external triggers
84 - GPIO outputs can produce periodic signals
85 - 1 interrupt pin
86
87 + Intel IXP465
88 - Auxiliary Slave/Master Mode Snapshot (optional interrupt)
89 - Target Time (optional interrupt)
diff --git a/Documentation/ptp/testptp.c b/Documentation/ptp/testptp.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..f59ded066108
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ptp/testptp.c
@@ -0,0 +1,381 @@
1/*
2 * PTP 1588 clock support - User space test program
3 *
4 * Copyright (C) 2010 OMICRON electronics GmbH
5 *
6 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
7 * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
8 * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
9 * (at your option) any later version.
10 *
11 * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
12 * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
13 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
14 * GNU General Public License for more details.
15 *
16 * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
17 * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
18 * Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
19 */
20#include <errno.h>
21#include <fcntl.h>
22#include <math.h>
23#include <signal.h>
24#include <stdio.h>
25#include <stdlib.h>
26#include <string.h>
27#include <sys/ioctl.h>
28#include <sys/mman.h>
29#include <sys/stat.h>
30#include <sys/time.h>
31#include <sys/timex.h>
32#include <sys/types.h>
33#include <time.h>
34#include <unistd.h>
35
36#include <linux/ptp_clock.h>
37
38#define DEVICE "/dev/ptp0"
39
40#ifndef ADJ_SETOFFSET
41#define ADJ_SETOFFSET 0x0100
42#endif
43
44#ifndef CLOCK_INVALID
45#define CLOCK_INVALID -1
46#endif
47
48/* When glibc offers the syscall, this will go away. */
49#include <sys/syscall.h>
50static int clock_adjtime(clockid_t id, struct timex *tx)
51{
52 return syscall(__NR_clock_adjtime, id, tx);
53}
54
55static clockid_t get_clockid(int fd)
56{
57#define CLOCKFD 3
58#define FD_TO_CLOCKID(fd) ((~(clockid_t) (fd) << 3) | CLOCKFD)
59
60 return FD_TO_CLOCKID(fd);
61}
62
63static void handle_alarm(int s)
64{
65 printf("received signal %d\n", s);
66}
67
68static int install_handler(int signum, void (*handler)(int))
69{
70 struct sigaction action;
71 sigset_t mask;
72
73 /* Unblock the signal. */
74 sigemptyset(&mask);
75 sigaddset(&mask, signum);
76 sigprocmask(SIG_UNBLOCK, &mask, NULL);
77
78 /* Install the signal handler. */
79 action.sa_handler = handler;
80 action.sa_flags = 0;
81 sigemptyset(&action.sa_mask);
82 sigaction(signum, &action, NULL);
83
84 return 0;
85}
86
87static long ppb_to_scaled_ppm(int ppb)
88{
89 /*
90 * The 'freq' field in the 'struct timex' is in parts per
91 * million, but with a 16 bit binary fractional field.
92 * Instead of calculating either one of
93 *
94 * scaled_ppm = (ppb / 1000) << 16 [1]
95 * scaled_ppm = (ppb << 16) / 1000 [2]
96 *
97 * we simply use double precision math, in order to avoid the
98 * truncation in [1] and the possible overflow in [2].
99 */
100 return (long) (ppb * 65.536);
101}
102
103static void usage(char *progname)
104{
105 fprintf(stderr,
106 "usage: %s [options]\n"
107 " -a val request a one-shot alarm after 'val' seconds\n"
108 " -A val request a periodic alarm every 'val' seconds\n"
109 " -c query the ptp clock's capabilities\n"
110 " -d name device to open\n"
111 " -e val read 'val' external time stamp events\n"
112 " -f val adjust the ptp clock frequency by 'val' ppb\n"
113 " -g get the ptp clock time\n"
114 " -h prints this message\n"
115 " -p val enable output with a period of 'val' nanoseconds\n"
116 " -P val enable or disable (val=1|0) the system clock PPS\n"
117 " -s set the ptp clock time from the system time\n"
118 " -S set the system time from the ptp clock time\n"
119 " -t val shift the ptp clock time by 'val' seconds\n",
120 progname);
121}
122
123int main(int argc, char *argv[])
124{
125 struct ptp_clock_caps caps;
126 struct ptp_extts_event event;
127 struct ptp_extts_request extts_request;
128 struct ptp_perout_request perout_request;
129 struct timespec ts;
130 struct timex tx;
131
132 static timer_t timerid;
133 struct itimerspec timeout;
134 struct sigevent sigevent;
135
136 char *progname;
137 int c, cnt, fd;
138
139 char *device = DEVICE;
140 clockid_t clkid;
141 int adjfreq = 0x7fffffff;
142 int adjtime = 0;
143 int capabilities = 0;
144 int extts = 0;
145 int gettime = 0;
146 int oneshot = 0;
147 int periodic = 0;
148 int perout = -1;
149 int pps = -1;
150 int settime = 0;
151
152 progname = strrchr(argv[0], '/');
153 progname = progname ? 1+progname : argv[0];
154 while (EOF != (c = getopt(argc, argv, "a:A:cd:e:f:ghp:P:sSt:v"))) {
155 switch (c) {
156 case 'a':
157 oneshot = atoi(optarg);
158 break;
159 case 'A':
160 periodic = atoi(optarg);
161 break;
162 case 'c':
163 capabilities = 1;
164 break;
165 case 'd':
166 device = optarg;
167 break;
168 case 'e':
169 extts = atoi(optarg);
170 break;
171 case 'f':
172 adjfreq = atoi(optarg);
173 break;
174 case 'g':
175 gettime = 1;
176 break;
177 case 'p':
178 perout = atoi(optarg);
179 break;
180 case 'P':
181 pps = atoi(optarg);
182 break;
183 case 's':
184 settime = 1;
185 break;
186 case 'S':
187 settime = 2;
188 break;
189 case 't':
190 adjtime = atoi(optarg);
191 break;
192 case 'h':
193 usage(progname);
194 return 0;
195 case '?':
196 default:
197 usage(progname);
198 return -1;
199 }
200 }
201
202 fd = open(device, O_RDWR);
203 if (fd < 0) {
204 fprintf(stderr, "opening %s: %s\n", device, strerror(errno));
205 return -1;
206 }
207
208 clkid = get_clockid(fd);
209 if (CLOCK_INVALID == clkid) {
210 fprintf(stderr, "failed to read clock id\n");
211 return -1;
212 }
213
214 if (capabilities) {
215 if (ioctl(fd, PTP_CLOCK_GETCAPS, &caps)) {
216 perror("PTP_CLOCK_GETCAPS");
217 } else {
218 printf("capabilities:\n"
219 " %d maximum frequency adjustment (ppb)\n"
220 " %d programmable alarms\n"
221 " %d external time stamp channels\n"
222 " %d programmable periodic signals\n"
223 " %d pulse per second\n",
224 caps.max_adj,
225 caps.n_alarm,
226 caps.n_ext_ts,
227 caps.n_per_out,
228 caps.pps);
229 }
230 }
231
232 if (0x7fffffff != adjfreq) {
233 memset(&tx, 0, sizeof(tx));
234 tx.modes = ADJ_FREQUENCY;
235 tx.freq = ppb_to_scaled_ppm(adjfreq);
236 if (clock_adjtime(clkid, &tx)) {
237 perror("clock_adjtime");
238 } else {
239 puts("frequency adjustment okay");
240 }
241 }
242
243 if (adjtime) {
244 memset(&tx, 0, sizeof(tx));
245 tx.modes = ADJ_SETOFFSET;
246 tx.time.tv_sec = adjtime;
247 tx.time.tv_usec = 0;
248 if (clock_adjtime(clkid, &tx) < 0) {
249 perror("clock_adjtime");
250 } else {
251 puts("time shift okay");
252 }
253 }
254
255 if (gettime) {
256 if (clock_gettime(clkid, &ts)) {
257 perror("clock_gettime");
258 } else {
259 printf("clock time: %ld.%09ld or %s",
260 ts.tv_sec, ts.tv_nsec, ctime(&ts.tv_sec));
261 }
262 }
263
264 if (settime == 1) {
265 clock_gettime(CLOCK_REALTIME, &ts);
266 if (clock_settime(clkid, &ts)) {
267 perror("clock_settime");
268 } else {
269 puts("set time okay");
270 }
271 }
272
273 if (settime == 2) {
274 clock_gettime(clkid, &ts);
275 if (clock_settime(CLOCK_REALTIME, &ts)) {
276 perror("clock_settime");
277 } else {
278 puts("set time okay");
279 }
280 }
281
282 if (extts) {
283 memset(&extts_request, 0, sizeof(extts_request));
284 extts_request.index = 0;
285 extts_request.flags = PTP_ENABLE_FEATURE;
286 if (ioctl(fd, PTP_EXTTS_REQUEST, &extts_request)) {
287 perror("PTP_EXTTS_REQUEST");
288 extts = 0;
289 } else {
290 puts("external time stamp request okay");
291 }
292 for (; extts; extts--) {
293 cnt = read(fd, &event, sizeof(event));
294 if (cnt != sizeof(event)) {
295 perror("read");
296 break;
297 }
298 printf("event index %u at %lld.%09u\n", event.index,
299 event.t.sec, event.t.nsec);
300 fflush(stdout);
301 }
302 /* Disable the feature again. */
303 extts_request.flags = 0;
304 if (ioctl(fd, PTP_EXTTS_REQUEST, &extts_request)) {
305 perror("PTP_EXTTS_REQUEST");
306 }
307 }
308
309 if (oneshot) {
310 install_handler(SIGALRM, handle_alarm);
311 /* Create a timer. */
312 sigevent.sigev_notify = SIGEV_SIGNAL;
313 sigevent.sigev_signo = SIGALRM;
314 if (timer_create(clkid, &sigevent, &timerid)) {
315 perror("timer_create");
316 return -1;
317 }
318 /* Start the timer. */
319 memset(&timeout, 0, sizeof(timeout));
320 timeout.it_value.tv_sec = oneshot;
321 if (timer_settime(timerid, 0, &timeout, NULL)) {
322 perror("timer_settime");
323 return -1;
324 }
325 pause();
326 timer_delete(timerid);
327 }
328
329 if (periodic) {
330 install_handler(SIGALRM, handle_alarm);
331 /* Create a timer. */
332 sigevent.sigev_notify = SIGEV_SIGNAL;
333 sigevent.sigev_signo = SIGALRM;
334 if (timer_create(clkid, &sigevent, &timerid)) {
335 perror("timer_create");
336 return -1;
337 }
338 /* Start the timer. */
339 memset(&timeout, 0, sizeof(timeout));
340 timeout.it_interval.tv_sec = periodic;
341 timeout.it_value.tv_sec = periodic;
342 if (timer_settime(timerid, 0, &timeout, NULL)) {
343 perror("timer_settime");
344 return -1;
345 }
346 while (1) {
347 pause();
348 }
349 timer_delete(timerid);
350 }
351
352 if (perout >= 0) {
353 if (clock_gettime(clkid, &ts)) {
354 perror("clock_gettime");
355 return -1;
356 }
357 memset(&perout_request, 0, sizeof(perout_request));
358 perout_request.index = 0;
359 perout_request.start.sec = ts.tv_sec + 2;
360 perout_request.start.nsec = 0;
361 perout_request.period.sec = 0;
362 perout_request.period.nsec = perout;
363 if (ioctl(fd, PTP_PEROUT_REQUEST, &perout_request)) {
364 perror("PTP_PEROUT_REQUEST");
365 } else {
366 puts("periodic output request okay");
367 }
368 }
369
370 if (pps != -1) {
371 int enable = pps ? 1 : 0;
372 if (ioctl(fd, PTP_ENABLE_PPS, enable)) {
373 perror("PTP_ENABLE_PPS");
374 } else {
375 puts("pps for system time request okay");
376 }
377 }
378
379 close(fd);
380 return 0;
381}
diff --git a/Documentation/ptp/testptp.mk b/Documentation/ptp/testptp.mk
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..4ef2d9755421
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ptp/testptp.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
1# PTP 1588 clock support - User space test program
2#
3# Copyright (C) 2010 OMICRON electronics GmbH
4#
5# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
6# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
7# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
8# (at your option) any later version.
9#
10# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
11# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
12# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
13# GNU General Public License for more details.
14#
15# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
16# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
17# Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
18
19CC = $(CROSS_COMPILE)gcc
20INC = -I$(KBUILD_OUTPUT)/usr/include
21CFLAGS = -Wall $(INC)
22LDLIBS = -lrt
23PROGS = testptp
24
25all: $(PROGS)
26
27testptp: testptp.o
28
29clean:
30 rm -f testptp.o
31
32distclean: clean
33 rm -f $(PROGS)
diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/LICENSE.qla2xxx b/Documentation/scsi/LICENSE.qla2xxx
index 9e15b4f9cd28..19e7cd4bba66 100644
--- a/Documentation/scsi/LICENSE.qla2xxx
+++ b/Documentation/scsi/LICENSE.qla2xxx
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
1Copyright (c) 2003-2005 QLogic Corporation 1Copyright (c) 2003-2011 QLogic Corporation
2QLogic Linux Fibre Channel HBA Driver 2QLogic Linux/ESX Fibre Channel HBA Driver
3 3
4This program includes a device driver for Linux 2.6 that may be 4This program includes a device driver for Linux 2.6/ESX that may be
5distributed with QLogic hardware specific firmware binary file. 5distributed with QLogic hardware specific firmware binary file.
6You may modify and redistribute the device driver code under the 6You may modify and redistribute the device driver code under the
7GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software 7GNU General Public License (a copy of which is attached hereto as
8Foundation (version 2 or a later version). 8Exhibit A) published by the Free Software Foundation (version 2).
9 9
10You may redistribute the hardware specific firmware binary file 10You may redistribute the hardware specific firmware binary file
11under the following terms: 11under the following terms:
@@ -43,3 +43,285 @@ OTHERWISE IN ANY INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS (PATENT, COPYRIGHT,
43TRADE SECRET, MASK WORK, OR OTHER PROPRIETARY RIGHT) EMBODIED IN 43TRADE SECRET, MASK WORK, OR OTHER PROPRIETARY RIGHT) EMBODIED IN
44ANY OTHER QLOGIC HARDWARE OR SOFTWARE EITHER SOLELY OR IN 44ANY OTHER QLOGIC HARDWARE OR SOFTWARE EITHER SOLELY OR IN
45COMBINATION WITH THIS PROGRAM. 45COMBINATION WITH THIS PROGRAM.
46
47
48EXHIBIT A
49
50 GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
51 Version 2, June 1991
52
53 Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
54 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
55 Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
56 of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
57
58 Preamble
59
60 The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
61freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public
62License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free
63software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This
64General Public License applies to most of the Free Software
65Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to
66using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by
67the GNU Lesser General Public License instead.) You can apply it to
68your programs, too.
69
70 When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
71price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
72have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
73this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it
74if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it
75in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things.
76
77 To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
78anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights.
79These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you
80distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it.
81
82 For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
83gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that
84you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the
85source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their
86rights.
87
88 We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and
89(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy,
90distribute and/or modify the software.
91
92 Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain
93that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free
94software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we
95want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so
96that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original
97authors' reputations.
98
99 Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software
100patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free
101program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the
102program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any
103patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all.
104
105 The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
106modification follow.
107
108 GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
109 TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
110
111 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains
112a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed
113under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below,
114refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program"
115means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law:
116that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it,
117either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another
118language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in
119the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you".
120
121Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
122covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of
123running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program
124is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the
125Program (independent of having been made by running the Program).
126Whether that is true depends on what the Program does.
127
128 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's
129source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you
130conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate
131copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the
132notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty;
133and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License
134along with the Program.
135
136You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and
137you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee.
138
139 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion
140of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and
141distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
142above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
143
144 a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices
145 stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
146
147 b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in
148 whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any
149 part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third
150 parties under the terms of this License.
151
152 c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively
153 when run, you must cause it, when started running for such
154 interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an
155 announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a
156 notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide
157 a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under
158 these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this
159 License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but
160 does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on
161 the Program is not required to print an announcement.)
162
163These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If
164identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program,
165and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
166themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
167sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you
168distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
169on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
170this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
171entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it.
172
173Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
174your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
175exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
176collective works based on the Program.
177
178In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program
179with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of
180a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
181the scope of this License.
182
183 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it,
184under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of
185Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following:
186
187 a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable
188 source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections
189 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or,
190
191 b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three
192 years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your
193 cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete
194 machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be
195 distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium
196 customarily used for software interchange; or,
197
198 c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer
199 to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is
200 allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you
201 received the program in object code or executable form with such
202 an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.)
203
204The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for
205making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source
206code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any
207associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to
208control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a
209special exception, the source code distributed need not include
210anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary
211form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the
212operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component
213itself accompanies the executable.
214
215If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering
216access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent
217access to copy the source code from the same place counts as
218distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not
219compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
220
221 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program
222except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt
223otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is
224void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License.
225However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under
226this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
227parties remain in full compliance.
228
229 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
230signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
231distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are
232prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by
233modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the
234Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
235all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
236the Program or works based on it.
237
238 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the
239Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
240original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to
241these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further
242restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
243You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to
244this License.
245
246 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
247infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
248conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
249otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
250excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot
251distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
252License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
253may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent
254license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by
255all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
256the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
257refrain entirely from distribution of the Program.
258
259If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under
260any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to
261apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other
262circumstances.
263
264It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
265patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
266such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
267integrity of the free software distribution system, which is
268implemented by public license practices. Many people have made
269generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
270through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
271system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
272to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
273impose that choice.
274
275This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
276be a consequence of the rest of this License.
277
278 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in
279certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
280original copyright holder who places the Program under this License
281may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding
282those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among
283countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates
284the limitation as if written in the body of this License.
285
286 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions
287of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will
288be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
289address new problems or concerns.
290
291Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program
292specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any
293later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions
294either of that version or of any later version published by the Free
295Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of
296this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software
297Foundation.
298
299 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free
300programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author
301to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free
302Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes
303make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals
304of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and
305of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally.
306
307 NO WARRANTY
308
309 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY
310FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN
311OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES
312PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED
313OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
314MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS
315TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE
316PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING,
317REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
318
319 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
320WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR
321REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES,
322INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING
323OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
324TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY
325YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER
326PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE
327POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
diff --git a/Documentation/sound/alsa/ALSA-Configuration.txt b/Documentation/sound/alsa/ALSA-Configuration.txt
index 9822afb6313c..89757012c7ff 100644
--- a/Documentation/sound/alsa/ALSA-Configuration.txt
+++ b/Documentation/sound/alsa/ALSA-Configuration.txt
@@ -1230,6 +1230,13 @@ Prior to version 0.9.0rc4 options had a 'snd_' prefix. This was removed.
1230 This module supports multiple cards. 1230 This module supports multiple cards.
1231 The driver requires the firmware loader support on kernel. 1231 The driver requires the firmware loader support on kernel.
1232 1232
1233 Module snd-lola
1234 ---------------
1235
1236 Module for Digigram Lola PCI-e boards
1237
1238 This module supports multiple cards.
1239
1233 Module snd-lx6464es 1240 Module snd-lx6464es
1234 ------------------- 1241 -------------------
1235 1242
diff --git a/Documentation/sound/alsa/HD-Audio-Models.txt b/Documentation/sound/alsa/HD-Audio-Models.txt
index 0caf77e59be4..d70c93bdcadf 100644
--- a/Documentation/sound/alsa/HD-Audio-Models.txt
+++ b/Documentation/sound/alsa/HD-Audio-Models.txt
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ ALC662/663/272
94 3stack-dig 3-stack (2-channel) with SPDIF 94 3stack-dig 3-stack (2-channel) with SPDIF
95 3stack-6ch 3-stack (6-channel) 95 3stack-6ch 3-stack (6-channel)
96 3stack-6ch-dig 3-stack (6-channel) with SPDIF 96 3stack-6ch-dig 3-stack (6-channel) with SPDIF
97 6stack-dig 6-stack with SPDIF 97 5stack-dig 5-stack with SPDIF
98 lenovo-101e Lenovo laptop 98 lenovo-101e Lenovo laptop
99 eeepc-p701 ASUS Eeepc P701 99 eeepc-p701 ASUS Eeepc P701
100 eeepc-ep20 ASUS Eeepc EP20 100 eeepc-ep20 ASUS Eeepc EP20
diff --git a/Documentation/stable_api_nonsense.txt b/Documentation/stable_api_nonsense.txt
index 847b342b7b20..db3be892afb2 100644
--- a/Documentation/stable_api_nonsense.txt
+++ b/Documentation/stable_api_nonsense.txt
@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ operating system to suffer.
122 122
123In both of these instances, all developers agreed that these were 123In both of these instances, all developers agreed that these were
124important changes that needed to be made, and they were made, with 124important changes that needed to be made, and they were made, with
125relatively little pain. If Linux had to ensure that it preserve a 125relatively little pain. If Linux had to ensure that it will preserve a
126stable source interface, a new interface would have been created, and 126stable source interface, a new interface would have been created, and
127the older, broken one would have had to be maintained over time, leading 127the older, broken one would have had to be maintained over time, leading
128to extra work for the USB developers. Since all Linux USB developers do 128to extra work for the USB developers. Since all Linux USB developers do
diff --git a/Documentation/sysctl/fs.txt b/Documentation/sysctl/fs.txt
index 4af0614147ef..88fd7f5c8dcd 100644
--- a/Documentation/sysctl/fs.txt
+++ b/Documentation/sysctl/fs.txt
@@ -231,13 +231,6 @@ its creation).
231 231
232This directory contains configuration options for the epoll(7) interface. 232This directory contains configuration options for the epoll(7) interface.
233 233
234max_user_instances
235------------------
236
237This is the maximum number of epoll file descriptors that a single user can
238have open at a given time. The default value is 128, and should be enough
239for normal users.
240
241max_user_watches 234max_user_watches
242---------------- 235----------------
243 236
diff --git a/Documentation/sysctl/kernel.txt b/Documentation/sysctl/kernel.txt
index 36f007514db3..5e7cb39ad195 100644
--- a/Documentation/sysctl/kernel.txt
+++ b/Documentation/sysctl/kernel.txt
@@ -161,7 +161,8 @@ core_pattern is used to specify a core dumpfile pattern name.
161 %s signal number 161 %s signal number
162 %t UNIX time of dump 162 %t UNIX time of dump
163 %h hostname 163 %h hostname
164 %e executable filename 164 %e executable filename (may be shortened)
165 %E executable path
165 %<OTHER> both are dropped 166 %<OTHER> both are dropped
166. If the first character of the pattern is a '|', the kernel will treat 167. If the first character of the pattern is a '|', the kernel will treat
167 the rest of the pattern as a command to run. The core dump will be 168 the rest of the pattern as a command to run. The core dump will be
diff --git a/Documentation/sysctl/net.txt b/Documentation/sysctl/net.txt
index cbd05ffc606b..3201a7097e4d 100644
--- a/Documentation/sysctl/net.txt
+++ b/Documentation/sysctl/net.txt
@@ -32,6 +32,17 @@ Table : Subdirectories in /proc/sys/net
321. /proc/sys/net/core - Network core options 321. /proc/sys/net/core - Network core options
33------------------------------------------------------- 33-------------------------------------------------------
34 34
35bpf_jit_enable
36--------------
37
38This enables Berkeley Packet Filter Just in Time compiler.
39Currently supported on x86_64 architecture, bpf_jit provides a framework
40to speed packet filtering, the one used by tcpdump/libpcap for example.
41Values :
42 0 - disable the JIT (default value)
43 1 - enable the JIT
44 2 - enable the JIT and ask the compiler to emit traces on kernel log.
45
35rmem_default 46rmem_default
36------------ 47------------
37 48
diff --git a/Documentation/sysctl/vm.txt b/Documentation/sysctl/vm.txt
index 30289fab86eb..96f0ee825bed 100644
--- a/Documentation/sysctl/vm.txt
+++ b/Documentation/sysctl/vm.txt
@@ -481,10 +481,10 @@ the DMA zone.
481Type(A) is called as "Node" order. Type (B) is "Zone" order. 481Type(A) is called as "Node" order. Type (B) is "Zone" order.
482 482
483"Node order" orders the zonelists by node, then by zone within each node. 483"Node order" orders the zonelists by node, then by zone within each node.
484Specify "[Nn]ode" for zone order 484Specify "[Nn]ode" for node order
485 485
486"Zone Order" orders the zonelists by zone type, then by node within each 486"Zone Order" orders the zonelists by zone type, then by node within each
487zone. Specify "[Zz]one"for zode order. 487zone. Specify "[Zz]one" for zone order.
488 488
489Specify "[Dd]efault" to request automatic configuration. Autoconfiguration 489Specify "[Dd]efault" to request automatic configuration. Autoconfiguration
490will select "node" order in following case. 490will select "node" order in following case.
diff --git a/Documentation/timers/timers-howto.txt b/Documentation/timers/timers-howto.txt
index c9ef29d2ede3..038f8c77a076 100644
--- a/Documentation/timers/timers-howto.txt
+++ b/Documentation/timers/timers-howto.txt
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ ATOMIC CONTEXT:
24 24
25 ndelay(unsigned long nsecs) 25 ndelay(unsigned long nsecs)
26 udelay(unsigned long usecs) 26 udelay(unsigned long usecs)
27 mdelay(unsgined long msecs) 27 mdelay(unsigned long msecs)
28 28
29 udelay is the generally preferred API; ndelay-level 29 udelay is the generally preferred API; ndelay-level
30 precision may not actually exist on many non-PC devices. 30 precision may not actually exist on many non-PC devices.
diff --git a/Documentation/trace/kprobetrace.txt b/Documentation/trace/kprobetrace.txt
index 6d27ab8d6e9f..c83bd6b4e6e8 100644
--- a/Documentation/trace/kprobetrace.txt
+++ b/Documentation/trace/kprobetrace.txt
@@ -120,7 +120,6 @@ format:
120 field:unsigned char common_flags; offset:2; size:1; signed:0; 120 field:unsigned char common_flags; offset:2; size:1; signed:0;
121 field:unsigned char common_preempt_count; offset:3; size:1;signed:0; 121 field:unsigned char common_preempt_count; offset:3; size:1;signed:0;
122 field:int common_pid; offset:4; size:4; signed:1; 122 field:int common_pid; offset:4; size:4; signed:1;
123 field:int common_lock_depth; offset:8; size:4; signed:1;
124 123
125 field:unsigned long __probe_ip; offset:12; size:4; signed:0; 124 field:unsigned long __probe_ip; offset:12; size:4; signed:0;
126 field:int __probe_nargs; offset:16; size:4; signed:1; 125 field:int __probe_nargs; offset:16; size:4; signed:1;
diff --git a/Documentation/usb/callbacks.txt b/Documentation/usb/callbacks.txt
index bfb36b34b79e..9e85846bdb98 100644
--- a/Documentation/usb/callbacks.txt
+++ b/Documentation/usb/callbacks.txt
@@ -95,9 +95,11 @@ pre_reset
95 95
96int (*pre_reset)(struct usb_interface *intf); 96int (*pre_reset)(struct usb_interface *intf);
97 97
98Another driver or user space is triggering a reset on the device which 98A driver or user space is triggering a reset on the device which
99contains the interface passed as an argument. Cease IO and save any 99contains the interface passed as an argument. Cease IO, wait for all
100device state you need to restore. 100outstanding URBs to complete, and save any device state you need to
101restore. No more URBs may be submitted until the post_reset method
102is called.
101 103
102If you need to allocate memory here, use GFP_NOIO or GFP_ATOMIC, if you 104If you need to allocate memory here, use GFP_NOIO or GFP_ATOMIC, if you
103are in atomic context. 105are in atomic context.
diff --git a/Documentation/usb/linux-cdc-acm.inf b/Documentation/usb/linux-cdc-acm.inf
index 612e7220fb29..37a02ce54841 100644
--- a/Documentation/usb/linux-cdc-acm.inf
+++ b/Documentation/usb/linux-cdc-acm.inf
@@ -90,10 +90,10 @@ ServiceBinary=%12%\USBSER.sys
90[SourceDisksFiles] 90[SourceDisksFiles]
91[SourceDisksNames] 91[SourceDisksNames]
92[DeviceList] 92[DeviceList]
93%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_0525&PID_A4A7, USB\VID_0525&PID_A4AB&MI_02 93%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_0525&PID_A4A7, USB\VID_1D6B&PID_0104&MI_02
94 94
95[DeviceList.NTamd64] 95[DeviceList.NTamd64]
96%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_0525&PID_A4A7, USB\VID_0525&PID_A4AB&MI_02 96%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_0525&PID_A4A7, USB\VID_1D6B&PID_0104&MI_02
97 97
98 98
99;------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 99;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
diff --git a/Documentation/usb/linux.inf b/Documentation/usb/linux.inf
index 4dee95851224..4ffa715b0ae8 100644
--- a/Documentation/usb/linux.inf
+++ b/Documentation/usb/linux.inf
@@ -18,15 +18,15 @@ DriverVer = 06/21/2006,6.0.6000.16384
18 18
19; Decoration for x86 architecture 19; Decoration for x86 architecture
20[LinuxDevices.NTx86] 20[LinuxDevices.NTx86]
21%LinuxDevice% = RNDIS.NT.5.1, USB\VID_0525&PID_a4a2, USB\VID_0525&PID_a4ab&MI_00 21%LinuxDevice% = RNDIS.NT.5.1, USB\VID_0525&PID_a4a2, USB\VID_1d6b&PID_0104&MI_00
22 22
23; Decoration for x64 architecture 23; Decoration for x64 architecture
24[LinuxDevices.NTamd64] 24[LinuxDevices.NTamd64]
25%LinuxDevice% = RNDIS.NT.5.1, USB\VID_0525&PID_a4a2, USB\VID_0525&PID_a4ab&MI_00 25%LinuxDevice% = RNDIS.NT.5.1, USB\VID_0525&PID_a4a2, USB\VID_1d6b&PID_0104&MI_00
26 26
27; Decoration for ia64 architecture 27; Decoration for ia64 architecture
28[LinuxDevices.NTia64] 28[LinuxDevices.NTia64]
29%LinuxDevice% = RNDIS.NT.5.1, USB\VID_0525&PID_a4a2, USB\VID_0525&PID_a4ab&MI_00 29%LinuxDevice% = RNDIS.NT.5.1, USB\VID_0525&PID_a4a2, USB\VID_1d6b&PID_0104&MI_00
30 30
31;@@@ This is the common setting for setup 31;@@@ This is the common setting for setup
32[ControlFlags] 32[ControlFlags]
diff --git a/Documentation/vgaarbiter.txt b/Documentation/vgaarbiter.txt
index 43a9b0694fdd..b7d401e0eae9 100644
--- a/Documentation/vgaarbiter.txt
+++ b/Documentation/vgaarbiter.txt
@@ -14,11 +14,10 @@ the legacy VGA arbitration task (besides other bus management tasks) when more
14than one legacy device co-exists on the same machine. But the problem happens 14than one legacy device co-exists on the same machine. But the problem happens
15when these devices are trying to be accessed by different userspace clients 15when these devices are trying to be accessed by different userspace clients
16(e.g. two server in parallel). Their address assignments conflict. Moreover, 16(e.g. two server in parallel). Their address assignments conflict. Moreover,
17ideally, being an userspace application, it is not the role of the the X 17ideally, being a userspace application, it is not the role of the X server to
18server to control bus resources. Therefore an arbitration scheme outside of 18control bus resources. Therefore an arbitration scheme outside of the X server
19the X server is needed to control the sharing of these resources. This 19is needed to control the sharing of these resources. This document introduces
20document introduces the operation of the VGA arbiter implemented for Linux 20the operation of the VGA arbiter implemented for the Linux kernel.
21kernel.
22 21
23---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 22----------------------------------------------------------------------------
24 23
@@ -39,7 +38,7 @@ I.1 vgaarb
39The vgaarb is a module of the Linux Kernel. When it is initially loaded, it 38The vgaarb is a module of the Linux Kernel. When it is initially loaded, it
40scans all PCI devices and adds the VGA ones inside the arbitration. The 39scans all PCI devices and adds the VGA ones inside the arbitration. The
41arbiter then enables/disables the decoding on different devices of the VGA 40arbiter then enables/disables the decoding on different devices of the VGA
42legacy instructions. Device which do not want/need to use the arbiter may 41legacy instructions. Devices which do not want/need to use the arbiter may
43explicitly tell it by calling vga_set_legacy_decoding(). 42explicitly tell it by calling vga_set_legacy_decoding().
44 43
45The kernel exports a char device interface (/dev/vga_arbiter) to the clients, 44The kernel exports a char device interface (/dev/vga_arbiter) to the clients,
@@ -95,8 +94,8 @@ In the case of devices hot-{un,}plugged, there is a hook - pci_notify() - to
95notify them being added/removed in the system and automatically added/removed 94notify them being added/removed in the system and automatically added/removed
96in the arbiter. 95in the arbiter.
97 96
98There's also a in-kernel API of the arbiter in the case of DRM, vgacon and 97There is also an in-kernel API of the arbiter in case DRM, vgacon, or other
99others which may use the arbiter. 98drivers want to use it.
100 99
101 100
102I.2 libpciaccess 101I.2 libpciaccess
@@ -117,9 +116,8 @@ Besides it, in pci_system were added:
117 struct pci_device *vga_default_dev; 116 struct pci_device *vga_default_dev;
118 117
119 118
120The vga_count is usually need to keep informed how many cards are being 119The vga_count is used to track how many cards are being arbitrated, so for
121arbitrated, so for instance if there's only one then it can totally escape the 120instance, if there is only one card, then it can completely escape arbitration.
122scheme.
123 121
124 122
125These functions below acquire VGA resources for the given card and mark those 123These functions below acquire VGA resources for the given card and mark those
diff --git a/Documentation/virtual/00-INDEX b/Documentation/virtual/00-INDEX
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..fe0251c4cfb7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/virtual/00-INDEX
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
1Virtualization support in the Linux kernel.
2
300-INDEX
4 - this file.
5kvm/
6 - Kernel Virtual Machine. See also http://linux-kvm.org
7lguest/
8 - Extremely simple hypervisor for experimental/educational use.
9uml/
10 - User Mode Linux, builds/runs Linux kernel as a userspace program.
diff --git a/Documentation/kvm/api.txt b/Documentation/virtual/kvm/api.txt
index 9bef4e4cec50..42542eb802ca 100644
--- a/Documentation/kvm/api.txt
+++ b/Documentation/virtual/kvm/api.txt
@@ -175,7 +175,10 @@ Parameters: vcpu id (apic id on x86)
175Returns: vcpu fd on success, -1 on error 175Returns: vcpu fd on success, -1 on error
176 176
177This API adds a vcpu to a virtual machine. The vcpu id is a small integer 177This API adds a vcpu to a virtual machine. The vcpu id is a small integer
178in the range [0, max_vcpus). 178in the range [0, max_vcpus). You can use KVM_CAP_NR_VCPUS of the
179KVM_CHECK_EXTENSION ioctl() to determine the value for max_vcpus at run-time.
180If the KVM_CAP_NR_VCPUS does not exist, you should assume that max_vcpus is 4
181cpus max.
179 182
1804.8 KVM_GET_DIRTY_LOG (vm ioctl) 1834.8 KVM_GET_DIRTY_LOG (vm ioctl)
181 184
@@ -261,7 +264,7 @@ See KVM_GET_REGS for the data structure.
2614.13 KVM_GET_SREGS 2644.13 KVM_GET_SREGS
262 265
263Capability: basic 266Capability: basic
264Architectures: x86 267Architectures: x86, ppc
265Type: vcpu ioctl 268Type: vcpu ioctl
266Parameters: struct kvm_sregs (out) 269Parameters: struct kvm_sregs (out)
267Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error 270Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error
@@ -279,6 +282,8 @@ struct kvm_sregs {
279 __u64 interrupt_bitmap[(KVM_NR_INTERRUPTS + 63) / 64]; 282 __u64 interrupt_bitmap[(KVM_NR_INTERRUPTS + 63) / 64];
280}; 283};
281 284
285/* ppc -- see arch/powerpc/include/asm/kvm.h */
286
282interrupt_bitmap is a bitmap of pending external interrupts. At most 287interrupt_bitmap is a bitmap of pending external interrupts. At most
283one bit may be set. This interrupt has been acknowledged by the APIC 288one bit may be set. This interrupt has been acknowledged by the APIC
284but not yet injected into the cpu core. 289but not yet injected into the cpu core.
@@ -286,7 +291,7 @@ but not yet injected into the cpu core.
2864.14 KVM_SET_SREGS 2914.14 KVM_SET_SREGS
287 292
288Capability: basic 293Capability: basic
289Architectures: x86 294Architectures: x86, ppc
290Type: vcpu ioctl 295Type: vcpu ioctl
291Parameters: struct kvm_sregs (in) 296Parameters: struct kvm_sregs (in)
292Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error 297Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error
@@ -1263,6 +1268,29 @@ struct kvm_assigned_msix_entry {
1263 __u16 padding[3]; 1268 __u16 padding[3];
1264}; 1269};
1265 1270
12714.54 KVM_SET_TSC_KHZ
1272
1273Capability: KVM_CAP_TSC_CONTROL
1274Architectures: x86
1275Type: vcpu ioctl
1276Parameters: virtual tsc_khz
1277Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error
1278
1279Specifies the tsc frequency for the virtual machine. The unit of the
1280frequency is KHz.
1281
12824.55 KVM_GET_TSC_KHZ
1283
1284Capability: KVM_CAP_GET_TSC_KHZ
1285Architectures: x86
1286Type: vcpu ioctl
1287Parameters: none
1288Returns: virtual tsc-khz on success, negative value on error
1289
1290Returns the tsc frequency of the guest. The unit of the return value is
1291KHz. If the host has unstable tsc this ioctl returns -EIO instead as an
1292error.
1293
12665. The kvm_run structure 12945. The kvm_run structure
1267 1295
1268Application code obtains a pointer to the kvm_run structure by 1296Application code obtains a pointer to the kvm_run structure by
diff --git a/Documentation/kvm/cpuid.txt b/Documentation/virtual/kvm/cpuid.txt
index 882068538c9c..882068538c9c 100644
--- a/Documentation/kvm/cpuid.txt
+++ b/Documentation/virtual/kvm/cpuid.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/kvm/locking.txt b/Documentation/virtual/kvm/locking.txt
index 3b4cd3bf5631..3b4cd3bf5631 100644
--- a/Documentation/kvm/locking.txt
+++ b/Documentation/virtual/kvm/locking.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/kvm/mmu.txt b/Documentation/virtual/kvm/mmu.txt
index f46aa58389ca..f46aa58389ca 100644
--- a/Documentation/kvm/mmu.txt
+++ b/Documentation/virtual/kvm/mmu.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/kvm/msr.txt b/Documentation/virtual/kvm/msr.txt
index d079aed27e03..d079aed27e03 100644
--- a/Documentation/kvm/msr.txt
+++ b/Documentation/virtual/kvm/msr.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/kvm/ppc-pv.txt b/Documentation/virtual/kvm/ppc-pv.txt
index 3ab969c59046..3ab969c59046 100644
--- a/Documentation/kvm/ppc-pv.txt
+++ b/Documentation/virtual/kvm/ppc-pv.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/kvm/review-checklist.txt b/Documentation/virtual/kvm/review-checklist.txt
index 730475ae1b8d..a850986ed684 100644
--- a/Documentation/kvm/review-checklist.txt
+++ b/Documentation/virtual/kvm/review-checklist.txt
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ Review checklist for kvm patches
72. Patches should be against kvm.git master branch. 72. Patches should be against kvm.git master branch.
8 8
93. If the patch introduces or modifies a new userspace API: 93. If the patch introduces or modifies a new userspace API:
10 - the API must be documented in Documentation/kvm/api.txt 10 - the API must be documented in Documentation/virtual/kvm/api.txt
11 - the API must be discoverable using KVM_CHECK_EXTENSION 11 - the API must be discoverable using KVM_CHECK_EXTENSION
12 12
134. New state must include support for save/restore. 134. New state must include support for save/restore.
diff --git a/Documentation/kvm/timekeeping.txt b/Documentation/virtual/kvm/timekeeping.txt
index df8946377cb6..df8946377cb6 100644
--- a/Documentation/kvm/timekeeping.txt
+++ b/Documentation/virtual/kvm/timekeeping.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/lguest/.gitignore b/Documentation/virtual/lguest/.gitignore
index 115587fd5f65..115587fd5f65 100644
--- a/Documentation/lguest/.gitignore
+++ b/Documentation/virtual/lguest/.gitignore
diff --git a/Documentation/lguest/Makefile b/Documentation/virtual/lguest/Makefile
index bebac6b4f332..bebac6b4f332 100644
--- a/Documentation/lguest/Makefile
+++ b/Documentation/virtual/lguest/Makefile
diff --git a/Documentation/lguest/extract b/Documentation/virtual/lguest/extract
index 7730bb6e4b94..7730bb6e4b94 100644
--- a/Documentation/lguest/extract
+++ b/Documentation/virtual/lguest/extract
diff --git a/Documentation/lguest/lguest.c b/Documentation/virtual/lguest/lguest.c
index d9da7e148538..d9da7e148538 100644
--- a/Documentation/lguest/lguest.c
+++ b/Documentation/virtual/lguest/lguest.c
diff --git a/Documentation/lguest/lguest.txt b/Documentation/virtual/lguest/lguest.txt
index dad99978a6a8..bff0c554485d 100644
--- a/Documentation/lguest/lguest.txt
+++ b/Documentation/virtual/lguest/lguest.txt
@@ -74,7 +74,8 @@ Running Lguest:
74 74
75- Run an lguest as root: 75- Run an lguest as root:
76 76
77 Documentation/lguest/lguest 64 vmlinux --tunnet=192.168.19.1 --block=rootfile root=/dev/vda 77 Documentation/virtual/lguest/lguest 64 vmlinux --tunnet=192.168.19.1 \
78 --block=rootfile root=/dev/vda
78 79
79 Explanation: 80 Explanation:
80 64: the amount of memory to use, in MB. 81 64: the amount of memory to use, in MB.
diff --git a/Documentation/uml/UserModeLinux-HOWTO.txt b/Documentation/virtual/uml/UserModeLinux-HOWTO.txt
index 9b7e1904db1c..5d0fc8bfcdb9 100644
--- a/Documentation/uml/UserModeLinux-HOWTO.txt
+++ b/Documentation/virtual/uml/UserModeLinux-HOWTO.txt
@@ -1182,6 +1182,16 @@
1182 forge.net/> and explains these in detail, as well as 1182 forge.net/> and explains these in detail, as well as
1183 some other issues. 1183 some other issues.
1184 1184
1185 There is also a related point-to-point only "ucast" transport.
1186 This is useful when your network does not support multicast, and
1187 all network connections are simple point to point links.
1188
1189 The full set of command line options for this transport are
1190
1191
1192 ethn=ucast,ethernet address,remote address,listen port,remote port
1193
1194
1185 1195
1186 1196
1187 66..66.. TTUUNN//TTAAPP wwiitthh tthhee uummll__nneett hheellppeerr 1197 66..66.. TTUUNN//TTAAPP wwiitthh tthhee uummll__nneett hheellppeerr
diff --git a/Documentation/vm/cleancache.txt b/Documentation/vm/cleancache.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..36c367c73084
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/vm/cleancache.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,278 @@
1MOTIVATION
2
3Cleancache is a new optional feature provided by the VFS layer that
4potentially dramatically increases page cache effectiveness for
5many workloads in many environments at a negligible cost.
6
7Cleancache can be thought of as a page-granularity victim cache for clean
8pages that the kernel's pageframe replacement algorithm (PFRA) would like
9to keep around, but can't since there isn't enough memory. So when the
10PFRA "evicts" a page, it first attempts to use cleancache code to
11put the data contained in that page into "transcendent memory", memory
12that is not directly accessible or addressable by the kernel and is
13of unknown and possibly time-varying size.
14
15Later, when a cleancache-enabled filesystem wishes to access a page
16in a file on disk, it first checks cleancache to see if it already
17contains it; if it does, the page of data is copied into the kernel
18and a disk access is avoided.
19
20Transcendent memory "drivers" for cleancache are currently implemented
21in Xen (using hypervisor memory) and zcache (using in-kernel compressed
22memory) and other implementations are in development.
23
24FAQs are included below.
25
26IMPLEMENTATION OVERVIEW
27
28A cleancache "backend" that provides transcendent memory registers itself
29to the kernel's cleancache "frontend" by calling cleancache_register_ops,
30passing a pointer to a cleancache_ops structure with funcs set appropriately.
31Note that cleancache_register_ops returns the previous settings so that
32chaining can be performed if desired. The functions provided must conform to
33certain semantics as follows:
34
35Most important, cleancache is "ephemeral". Pages which are copied into
36cleancache have an indefinite lifetime which is completely unknowable
37by the kernel and so may or may not still be in cleancache at any later time.
38Thus, as its name implies, cleancache is not suitable for dirty pages.
39Cleancache has complete discretion over what pages to preserve and what
40pages to discard and when.
41
42Mounting a cleancache-enabled filesystem should call "init_fs" to obtain a
43pool id which, if positive, must be saved in the filesystem's superblock;
44a negative return value indicates failure. A "put_page" will copy a
45(presumably about-to-be-evicted) page into cleancache and associate it with
46the pool id, a file key, and a page index into the file. (The combination
47of a pool id, a file key, and an index is sometimes called a "handle".)
48A "get_page" will copy the page, if found, from cleancache into kernel memory.
49A "flush_page" will ensure the page no longer is present in cleancache;
50a "flush_inode" will flush all pages associated with the specified file;
51and, when a filesystem is unmounted, a "flush_fs" will flush all pages in
52all files specified by the given pool id and also surrender the pool id.
53
54An "init_shared_fs", like init_fs, obtains a pool id but tells cleancache
55to treat the pool as shared using a 128-bit UUID as a key. On systems
56that may run multiple kernels (such as hard partitioned or virtualized
57systems) that may share a clustered filesystem, and where cleancache
58may be shared among those kernels, calls to init_shared_fs that specify the
59same UUID will receive the same pool id, thus allowing the pages to
60be shared. Note that any security requirements must be imposed outside
61of the kernel (e.g. by "tools" that control cleancache). Or a
62cleancache implementation can simply disable shared_init by always
63returning a negative value.
64
65If a get_page is successful on a non-shared pool, the page is flushed (thus
66making cleancache an "exclusive" cache). On a shared pool, the page
67is NOT flushed on a successful get_page so that it remains accessible to
68other sharers. The kernel is responsible for ensuring coherency between
69cleancache (shared or not), the page cache, and the filesystem, using
70cleancache flush operations as required.
71
72Note that cleancache must enforce put-put-get coherency and get-get
73coherency. For the former, if two puts are made to the same handle but
74with different data, say AAA by the first put and BBB by the second, a
75subsequent get can never return the stale data (AAA). For get-get coherency,
76if a get for a given handle fails, subsequent gets for that handle will
77never succeed unless preceded by a successful put with that handle.
78
79Last, cleancache provides no SMP serialization guarantees; if two
80different Linux threads are simultaneously putting and flushing a page
81with the same handle, the results are indeterminate. Callers must
82lock the page to ensure serial behavior.
83
84CLEANCACHE PERFORMANCE METRICS
85
86Cleancache monitoring is done by sysfs files in the
87/sys/kernel/mm/cleancache directory. The effectiveness of cleancache
88can be measured (across all filesystems) with:
89
90succ_gets - number of gets that were successful
91failed_gets - number of gets that failed
92puts - number of puts attempted (all "succeed")
93flushes - number of flushes attempted
94
95A backend implementatation may provide additional metrics.
96
97FAQ
98
991) Where's the value? (Andrew Morton)
100
101Cleancache provides a significant performance benefit to many workloads
102in many environments with negligible overhead by improving the
103effectiveness of the pagecache. Clean pagecache pages are
104saved in transcendent memory (RAM that is otherwise not directly
105addressable to the kernel); fetching those pages later avoids "refaults"
106and thus disk reads.
107
108Cleancache (and its sister code "frontswap") provide interfaces for
109this transcendent memory (aka "tmem"), which conceptually lies between
110fast kernel-directly-addressable RAM and slower DMA/asynchronous devices.
111Disallowing direct kernel or userland reads/writes to tmem
112is ideal when data is transformed to a different form and size (such
113as with compression) or secretly moved (as might be useful for write-
114balancing for some RAM-like devices). Evicted page-cache pages (and
115swap pages) are a great use for this kind of slower-than-RAM-but-much-
116faster-than-disk transcendent memory, and the cleancache (and frontswap)
117"page-object-oriented" specification provides a nice way to read and
118write -- and indirectly "name" -- the pages.
119
120In the virtual case, the whole point of virtualization is to statistically
121multiplex physical resources across the varying demands of multiple
122virtual machines. This is really hard to do with RAM and efforts to
123do it well with no kernel change have essentially failed (except in some
124well-publicized special-case workloads). Cleancache -- and frontswap --
125with a fairly small impact on the kernel, provide a huge amount
126of flexibility for more dynamic, flexible RAM multiplexing.
127Specifically, the Xen Transcendent Memory backend allows otherwise
128"fallow" hypervisor-owned RAM to not only be "time-shared" between multiple
129virtual machines, but the pages can be compressed and deduplicated to
130optimize RAM utilization. And when guest OS's are induced to surrender
131underutilized RAM (e.g. with "self-ballooning"), page cache pages
132are the first to go, and cleancache allows those pages to be
133saved and reclaimed if overall host system memory conditions allow.
134
135And the identical interface used for cleancache can be used in
136physical systems as well. The zcache driver acts as a memory-hungry
137device that stores pages of data in a compressed state. And
138the proposed "RAMster" driver shares RAM across multiple physical
139systems.
140
1412) Why does cleancache have its sticky fingers so deep inside the
142 filesystems and VFS? (Andrew Morton and Christoph Hellwig)
143
144The core hooks for cleancache in VFS are in most cases a single line
145and the minimum set are placed precisely where needed to maintain
146coherency (via cleancache_flush operations) between cleancache,
147the page cache, and disk. All hooks compile into nothingness if
148cleancache is config'ed off and turn into a function-pointer-
149compare-to-NULL if config'ed on but no backend claims the ops
150functions, or to a compare-struct-element-to-negative if a
151backend claims the ops functions but a filesystem doesn't enable
152cleancache.
153
154Some filesystems are built entirely on top of VFS and the hooks
155in VFS are sufficient, so don't require an "init_fs" hook; the
156initial implementation of cleancache didn't provide this hook.
157But for some filesystems (such as btrfs), the VFS hooks are
158incomplete and one or more hooks in fs-specific code are required.
159And for some other filesystems, such as tmpfs, cleancache may
160be counterproductive. So it seemed prudent to require a filesystem
161to "opt in" to use cleancache, which requires adding a hook in
162each filesystem. Not all filesystems are supported by cleancache
163only because they haven't been tested. The existing set should
164be sufficient to validate the concept, the opt-in approach means
165that untested filesystems are not affected, and the hooks in the
166existing filesystems should make it very easy to add more
167filesystems in the future.
168
169The total impact of the hooks to existing fs and mm files is only
170about 40 lines added (not counting comments and blank lines).
171
1723) Why not make cleancache asynchronous and batched so it can
173 more easily interface with real devices with DMA instead
174 of copying each individual page? (Minchan Kim)
175
176The one-page-at-a-time copy semantics simplifies the implementation
177on both the frontend and backend and also allows the backend to
178do fancy things on-the-fly like page compression and
179page deduplication. And since the data is "gone" (copied into/out
180of the pageframe) before the cleancache get/put call returns,
181a great deal of race conditions and potential coherency issues
182are avoided. While the interface seems odd for a "real device"
183or for real kernel-addressable RAM, it makes perfect sense for
184transcendent memory.
185
1864) Why is non-shared cleancache "exclusive"? And where is the
187 page "flushed" after a "get"? (Minchan Kim)
188
189The main reason is to free up space in transcendent memory and
190to avoid unnecessary cleancache_flush calls. If you want inclusive,
191the page can be "put" immediately following the "get". If
192put-after-get for inclusive becomes common, the interface could
193be easily extended to add a "get_no_flush" call.
194
195The flush is done by the cleancache backend implementation.
196
1975) What's the performance impact?
198
199Performance analysis has been presented at OLS'09 and LCA'10.
200Briefly, performance gains can be significant on most workloads,
201especially when memory pressure is high (e.g. when RAM is
202overcommitted in a virtual workload); and because the hooks are
203invoked primarily in place of or in addition to a disk read/write,
204overhead is negligible even in worst case workloads. Basically
205cleancache replaces I/O with memory-copy-CPU-overhead; on older
206single-core systems with slow memory-copy speeds, cleancache
207has little value, but in newer multicore machines, especially
208consolidated/virtualized machines, it has great value.
209
2106) How do I add cleancache support for filesystem X? (Boaz Harrash)
211
212Filesystems that are well-behaved and conform to certain
213restrictions can utilize cleancache simply by making a call to
214cleancache_init_fs at mount time. Unusual, misbehaving, or
215poorly layered filesystems must either add additional hooks
216and/or undergo extensive additional testing... or should just
217not enable the optional cleancache.
218
219Some points for a filesystem to consider:
220
221- The FS should be block-device-based (e.g. a ram-based FS such
222 as tmpfs should not enable cleancache)
223- To ensure coherency/correctness, the FS must ensure that all
224 file removal or truncation operations either go through VFS or
225 add hooks to do the equivalent cleancache "flush" operations
226- To ensure coherency/correctness, either inode numbers must
227 be unique across the lifetime of the on-disk file OR the
228 FS must provide an "encode_fh" function.
229- The FS must call the VFS superblock alloc and deactivate routines
230 or add hooks to do the equivalent cleancache calls done there.
231- To maximize performance, all pages fetched from the FS should
232 go through the do_mpag_readpage routine or the FS should add
233 hooks to do the equivalent (cf. btrfs)
234- Currently, the FS blocksize must be the same as PAGESIZE. This
235 is not an architectural restriction, but no backends currently
236 support anything different.
237- A clustered FS should invoke the "shared_init_fs" cleancache
238 hook to get best performance for some backends.
239
2407) Why not use the KVA of the inode as the key? (Christoph Hellwig)
241
242If cleancache would use the inode virtual address instead of
243inode/filehandle, the pool id could be eliminated. But, this
244won't work because cleancache retains pagecache data pages
245persistently even when the inode has been pruned from the
246inode unused list, and only flushes the data page if the file
247gets removed/truncated. So if cleancache used the inode kva,
248there would be potential coherency issues if/when the inode
249kva is reused for a different file. Alternately, if cleancache
250flushed the pages when the inode kva was freed, much of the value
251of cleancache would be lost because the cache of pages in cleanache
252is potentially much larger than the kernel pagecache and is most
253useful if the pages survive inode cache removal.
254
2558) Why is a global variable required?
256
257The cleancache_enabled flag is checked in all of the frequently-used
258cleancache hooks. The alternative is a function call to check a static
259variable. Since cleancache is enabled dynamically at runtime, systems
260that don't enable cleancache would suffer thousands (possibly
261tens-of-thousands) of unnecessary function calls per second. So the
262global variable allows cleancache to be enabled by default at compile
263time, but have insignificant performance impact when cleancache remains
264disabled at runtime.
265
2669) Does cleanache work with KVM?
267
268The memory model of KVM is sufficiently different that a cleancache
269backend may have less value for KVM. This remains to be tested,
270especially in an overcommitted system.
271
27210) Does cleancache work in userspace? It sounds useful for
273 memory hungry caches like web browsers. (Jamie Lokier)
274
275No plans yet, though we agree it sounds useful, at least for
276apps that bypass the page cache (e.g. O_DIRECT).
277
278Last updated: Dan Magenheimer, April 13 2011
diff --git a/Documentation/vm/locking b/Documentation/vm/locking
index 25fadb448760..f61228bd6395 100644
--- a/Documentation/vm/locking
+++ b/Documentation/vm/locking
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ in some cases it is not really needed. Eg, vm_start is modified by
66expand_stack(), it is hard to come up with a destructive scenario without 66expand_stack(), it is hard to come up with a destructive scenario without
67having the vmlist protection in this case. 67having the vmlist protection in this case.
68 68
69The page_table_lock nests with the inode i_mmap_lock and the kmem cache 69The page_table_lock nests with the inode i_mmap_mutex and the kmem cache
70c_spinlock spinlocks. This is okay, since the kmem code asks for pages after 70c_spinlock spinlocks. This is okay, since the kmem code asks for pages after
71dropping c_spinlock. The page_table_lock also nests with pagecache_lock and 71dropping c_spinlock. The page_table_lock also nests with pagecache_lock and
72pagemap_lru_lock spinlocks, and no code asks for memory with these locks 72pagemap_lru_lock spinlocks, and no code asks for memory with these locks
diff --git a/Documentation/x86/x86_64/boot-options.txt b/Documentation/x86/x86_64/boot-options.txt
index 092e596a1301..c54b4f503e2a 100644
--- a/Documentation/x86/x86_64/boot-options.txt
+++ b/Documentation/x86/x86_64/boot-options.txt
@@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ IOMMU (input/output memory management unit)
206 (e.g. because you have < 3 GB memory). 206 (e.g. because you have < 3 GB memory).
207 Kernel boot message: "PCI-DMA: Disabling IOMMU" 207 Kernel boot message: "PCI-DMA: Disabling IOMMU"
208 208
209 2. <arch/x86_64/kernel/pci-gart.c>: AMD GART based hardware IOMMU. 209 2. <arch/x86/kernel/amd_gart_64.c>: AMD GART based hardware IOMMU.
210 Kernel boot message: "PCI-DMA: using GART IOMMU" 210 Kernel boot message: "PCI-DMA: using GART IOMMU"
211 211
212 3. <arch/x86_64/kernel/pci-swiotlb.c> : Software IOMMU implementation. Used 212 3. <arch/x86_64/kernel/pci-swiotlb.c> : Software IOMMU implementation. Used
diff --git a/Documentation/zh_CN/email-clients.txt b/Documentation/zh_CN/email-clients.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..5d65e323d060
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/zh_CN/email-clients.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,210 @@
1锘?Chinese translated version of Documentation/email-clients.txt
2
3If you have any comment or update to the content, please contact the
4original document maintainer directly. However, if you have a problem
5communicating in English you can also ask the Chinese maintainer for
6help. Contact the Chinese maintainer if this translation is outdated
7or if there is a problem with the translation.
8
9Chinese maintainer: Harry Wei <harryxiyou@gmail.com>
10---------------------------------------------------------------------
11Documentation/email-clients.txt ???涓????缈昏??
12
13濡??????宠??璁烘????存?版???????????瀹癸??璇风?存?ヨ??绯诲?????妗g??缁存?よ?????濡????浣?浣跨?ㄨ?辨??
14浜ゆ???????伴?剧??璇?锛?涔????浠ュ??涓???????缁存?よ??姹???┿??濡???????缈昏????存?颁???????舵?????缈?
15璇?瀛???ㄩ??棰?锛?璇疯??绯讳腑??????缁存?よ?????
16
17涓???????缁存?よ??锛? 璐惧??濞? Harry Wei <harryxiyou@gmail.com>
18涓???????缈昏?????锛? 璐惧??濞? Harry Wei <harryxiyou@gmail.com>
19涓?????????¤?????锛? Yinglin Luan <synmyth@gmail.com>
20 Xiaochen Wang <wangxiaochen0@gmail.com>
21 yaxinsn <yaxinsn@163.com>
22
23浠ヤ??涓烘?f??
24---------------------------------------------------------------------
25
26Linux???浠跺?㈡?风?????缃?淇℃??
27======================================================================
28
29?????????缃?
30----------------------------------------------------------------------
31Linux?????歌ˉ涓???????杩????浠惰?????浜ょ??锛????濂芥??琛ヤ??浣?涓洪??浠朵????????宓?????????????浜?缁存?よ??
32??ユ?堕??浠讹??浣???????浠剁?????瀹规?煎??搴?璇ユ??"text/plain"?????惰??锛????浠朵????????涓?璧???????锛?
33???涓鸿??浼?浣胯ˉ涓????寮???ㄩ?ㄥ????ㄨ??璁鸿??绋?涓???????寰???伴?俱??
34
35??ㄦ?ュ?????Linux?????歌ˉ涓???????浠跺?㈡?风????ㄥ?????琛ヤ????跺??璇ュ??浜?????????????濮???舵?????渚?濡?锛?
36浠?浠?涓???芥?瑰?????????????ゅ?惰〃绗???????绌烘?硷???????虫????ㄦ??涓?琛????寮?澶存?????缁?灏俱??
37
38涓?瑕????杩?"format=flowed"妯″????????琛ヤ?????杩???蜂??寮?璧蜂?????棰????浠ュ?????瀹崇?????琛????
39
40涓?瑕?璁╀????????浠跺?㈡?风??杩?琛??????ㄦ?㈣?????杩???蜂??浼???村??浣????琛ヤ?????
41
42???浠跺?㈡?风??涓???芥?瑰???????????瀛?绗????缂??????瑰?????瑕??????????琛ヤ???????芥??ASCII??????UTF-8缂??????瑰??锛?
43濡????浣?浣跨??UTF-8缂??????瑰???????????浠讹????d??浣?灏?浼???垮??涓?浜??????藉????????瀛?绗???????棰????
44
45???浠跺?㈡?风??搴?璇ュ舰???骞朵??淇???? References: ?????? In-Reply-To: ???棰?锛???d??
46???浠惰??棰?灏变??浼?涓???????
47
48澶???剁??甯?(?????????璐寸??甯?)???甯镐????界?ㄤ??琛ヤ??锛????涓哄?惰〃绗?浼?杞????涓虹┖??笺??浣跨??xclipboard, xclip
49??????xcutsel涔?璁稿??浠ワ??浣???????濂芥??璇?涓?涓?????????垮??浣跨?ㄥ????剁??甯????
50
51涓?瑕???ㄤ娇???PGP/GPG缃插????????浠朵腑??????琛ヤ?????杩???蜂??浣垮??寰?澶???????涓???借?诲??????????ㄤ??浣????琛ヤ?????
52锛?杩?涓????棰?搴?璇ユ?????浠ヤ慨澶????锛?
53
54??ㄧ???????搁??浠跺??琛ㄥ?????琛ヤ??涔????锛?缁????宸卞?????涓?涓?琛ヤ?????涓?涓???????涓绘??锛?淇?瀛???ユ?跺?扮??
55???浠讹??灏?琛ヤ?????'patch'??戒护???涓?锛?濡??????????浜?锛????缁??????搁??浠跺??琛ㄥ????????
56
57
58涓?浜????浠跺?㈡?风?????绀?
59----------------------------------------------------------------------
60杩????缁???轰??浜?璇?缁????MUA???缃????绀猴?????浠ョ?ㄤ??缁?Linux?????稿?????琛ヤ?????杩?浜?骞朵???????虫??
61?????????杞?浠跺?????缃???荤?????
62
63璇存??锛?
64TUI = 浠ユ?????涓哄?虹???????ㄦ?锋?ュ??
65GUI = ??惧舰?????㈢?ㄦ?锋?ュ??
66
67~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
68Alpine (TUI)
69
70???缃????椤癸??
71???"Sending Preferences"??ㄥ??锛?
72
73- "Do Not Send Flowed Text"蹇?椤诲?????
74- "Strip Whitespace Before Sending"蹇?椤诲?抽??
75
76褰???????浠舵?讹????????搴?璇ユ?惧?ㄨˉ涓?浼???虹?扮????版?癸????跺?????涓?CTRL-R缁???????锛?浣挎??瀹????
77琛ヤ?????浠跺????ュ?伴??浠朵腑???
78
79~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
80Evolution (GUI)
81
82涓?浜?寮????????????????浣跨?ㄥ????????琛ヤ??
83
84褰??????╅??浠堕??椤癸??Preformat
85 浠?Format->Heading->Preformatted (Ctrl-7)??????宸ュ?锋??
86
87??跺??浣跨??锛?
88 Insert->Text File... (Alt-n x)?????ヨˉ涓????浠躲??
89
90浣?杩????浠?"diff -Nru old.c new.c | xclip"锛???????Preformat锛???跺??浣跨?ㄤ腑??撮??杩?琛?绮?甯????
91
92~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
93Kmail (GUI)
94
95涓?浜?寮????????????????浣跨?ㄥ????????琛ヤ?????
96
97榛?璁よ?剧疆涓?涓?HTML??煎??????????????锛?涓?瑕??????ㄥ?????
98
99褰?涔????涓?灏????浠剁????跺??锛???ㄩ??椤逛?????涓?瑕??????╄????ㄦ?㈣????????涓????缂虹?瑰氨???浣???ㄩ??浠朵腑杈???ョ??浠讳????????
100??戒??浼?琚??????ㄦ?㈣??锛????姝や??蹇?椤诲?ㄥ?????琛ヤ??涔?????????ㄦ?㈣????????绠?????????规??灏辨???????ㄨ????ㄦ?㈣????ヤ功??????浠讹??
101??跺?????瀹?淇?瀛?涓鸿??绋裤??涓????浣???ㄨ??绋夸腑???娆℃??寮?瀹?锛?瀹?宸茬????ㄩ?ㄨ????ㄦ?㈣??浜?锛???d??浣???????浠惰?界?舵病???
102?????╄????ㄦ?㈣??锛?浣????杩?涓?浼?澶卞?诲凡???????????ㄦ?㈣?????
103
104??ㄩ??浠剁??搴????锛??????ヨˉ涓?涔????锛???句??甯哥?ㄧ??琛ヤ??瀹????绗?锛?涓?涓?杩?瀛????(---)???
105
106??跺?????"Message"????????$??锛??????╂????ユ??浠讹????ョ????????浣????琛ヤ?????浠躲??杩????涓?涓?棰?澶???????椤癸??浣????浠?
107???杩?瀹????缃?浣???????浠跺缓绔?宸ュ?锋????????锛?杩????浠ュ甫涓?"insert file"??炬?????
108
109浣????浠ュ????ㄥ?伴??杩?GPG???璁伴??浠讹??浣???????宓?琛ヤ?????濂戒??瑕?浣跨??GPG???璁板??浠????浣?涓哄??宓??????????绛惧??琛ヤ??锛?
110褰?浠?GPG涓???????7浣?缂??????朵??浣夸??浠?????????村??澶???????
111
112濡????浣????瑕?浠ラ??浠剁??褰㈠????????琛ヤ??锛???d??灏卞?抽????瑰?婚??浠讹????跺?????涓?灞???э??绐????"Suggest automatic
113display"锛?杩???峰??宓????浠舵?村?规??璁╄?昏???????般??
114
115褰?浣?瑕?淇?瀛?灏?瑕?????????????宓???????琛ヤ??锛?浣????浠ヤ??娑???????琛ㄧ????奸????╁?????琛ヤ????????浠讹????跺????冲?婚?????
116"save as"???浣????浠ヤ娇??ㄤ??涓?娌℃????存?圭????????琛ヤ????????浠讹??濡????瀹????浠ユ?g‘???褰㈠??缁???????褰?浣?姝g????ㄥ??
117???宸辩??绐???d??涓?瀵????锛???f?舵病??????椤瑰??浠ヤ??瀛????浠?--宸茬?????涓?涓?杩???风??bug琚?姹???ュ?颁??kmail???bugzilla
118骞朵??甯????杩?灏?浼?琚?澶??????????浠舵??浠ュ?????瀵规??涓???ㄦ?峰??璇诲???????????琚?淇?瀛????锛????浠ュ?????浣???虫?????浠跺????跺?板?朵????版?癸??
119浣?涓?寰?涓????浠?浠????????????逛负缁?????????翠?????璇汇??
120
121~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
122Lotus Notes (GUI)
123
124涓?瑕?浣跨?ㄥ?????
125
126~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
127Mutt (TUI)
128
129寰?澶?Linux寮????浜哄??浣跨??mutt瀹㈡?风??锛????浠ヨ?????瀹????瀹?宸ヤ????????甯告??浜????
130
131Mutt涓????甯?缂?杈????锛????浠ヤ??绠′??浣跨?ㄤ??涔?缂?杈???ㄩ?戒??搴?璇ュ甫????????ㄦ??琛????澶у????扮??杈???ㄩ?藉甫???
132涓?涓?"insert file"???椤癸??瀹????浠ラ??杩?涓???瑰?????浠跺??瀹圭????瑰???????ユ??浠躲??
133
134'vim'浣?涓?mutt???缂?杈????锛?
135 set editor="vi"
136
137 濡????浣跨??xclip锛???插?ヤ互涓???戒护
138 :set paste
139 ???涓????涔??????????shift-insert??????浣跨??
140 :r filename
141
142濡??????宠?????琛ヤ??浣?涓哄??宓??????????
143(a)ttach宸ヤ?????寰?濂斤??涓?甯????"set paste"???
144
145???缃????椤癸??
146瀹?搴?璇ヤ互榛?璁よ?剧疆???褰㈠??宸ヤ?????
147??惰??锛????"send_charset"璁剧疆涓?"us-ascii::utf-8"涔????涓?涓?涓???????涓绘?????
148
149~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
150Pine (TUI)
151
152Pine杩???绘??涓?浜?绌烘?煎????????棰?锛?浣????杩?浜???板?ㄥ??璇ラ?借??淇?澶?浜????
153
154濡???????浠ワ??璇蜂娇???alpine(pine???缁ф?胯??)
155
156???缃????椤癸??
157- ???杩?????????????瑕?娑???ゆ??绋???????
158- "no-strip-whitespace-before-send"???椤逛????????瑕???????
159
160
161~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
162Sylpheed (GUI)
163
164- ???宓??????????浠ュ??濂界??宸ヤ??锛???????浣跨?ㄩ??浠讹?????
165- ???璁镐娇??ㄥ????ㄧ??缂?杈???ㄣ??
166- 瀵逛?????褰?杈?澶???堕??甯告?????
167- 濡???????杩?non-SSL杩???ワ?????娉?浣跨??TLS SMTP?????????
168- ??ㄧ?????绐???d腑???涓?涓?寰??????ㄧ??ruler bar???
169- 缁???板?????涓?娣诲????板??灏变??浼?姝g‘???浜?瑙f?剧ず??????
170
171~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
172Thunderbird (GUI)
173
174榛?璁ゆ????典??锛?thunderbird寰?瀹规??????????????锛?浣????杩????涓?浜???规?????浠ュ己??跺?????寰???村ソ???
175
176- ??ㄧ?ㄦ?峰????疯?剧疆???锛?缁???????瀵诲??锛?涓?瑕???????"Compose messages in HTML format"???
177
178- 缂?杈?浣????Thunderbird???缃?璁剧疆??ヤ娇瀹?涓?瑕????琛?浣跨??锛?user_pref("mailnews.wraplength", 0);
179
180- 缂?杈?浣????Thunderbird???缃?璁剧疆锛?浣垮??涓?瑕?浣跨??"format=flowed"??煎??锛?user_pref("mailnews.
181 send_plaintext_flowed", false);
182
183- 浣????瑕?浣?Thunderbird???涓洪???????煎????瑰??锛?
184 濡????榛?璁ゆ????典??浣?涔??????????HTML??煎??锛???d?????寰???俱??浠?浠?浠????棰???????涓????妗?涓???????"Preformat"??煎?????
185 濡????榛?璁ゆ????典??浣?涔??????????????????煎??锛?浣?涓?寰????瀹???逛负HTML??煎??锛?浠?浠?浣?涓轰??娆℃?х??锛???ヤ功?????扮??娑????锛?
186 ??跺??寮哄?朵娇瀹??????版???????煎??锛???????瀹?灏变?????琛????瑕?瀹???板??锛???ㄥ??淇$????炬??涓?浣跨??shift?????ヤ娇瀹????涓?HTML
187 ??煎??锛???跺?????棰???????涓????妗?涓???????"Preformat"??煎?????
188
189- ???璁镐娇??ㄥ????ㄧ??缂?杈????锛?
190 ???瀵?Thunderbird???琛ヤ?????绠?????????规??灏辨??浣跨?ㄤ??涓?"external editor"??╁??锛???跺??浣跨?ㄤ????????娆㈢??
191 $EDITOR??ヨ?诲???????????骞惰ˉ涓???版?????涓????瑕?瀹???板??锛????浠ヤ??杞藉苟涓?瀹?瑁?杩?涓???╁??锛???跺??娣诲??涓?涓?浣跨?ㄥ?????
192 ??????View->Toolbars->Customize...??????褰?浣?涔????淇℃???????跺??浠?浠???瑰?诲??灏卞??浠ヤ?????
193
194~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
195TkRat (GUI)
196
197???浠ヤ娇??ㄥ?????浣跨??"Insert file..."??????澶???ㄧ??缂?杈???ㄣ??
198
199~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
200Gmail (Web GUI)
201
202涓?瑕?浣跨?ㄥ????????琛ヤ?????
203
204Gmail缃?椤靛?㈡?风???????ㄥ?版????惰〃绗?杞????涓虹┖??笺??
205
206??界?跺?惰〃绗?杞????涓虹┖??奸??棰????浠ヨ??澶???ㄧ??杈???ㄨВ??筹???????跺??杩?浼?浣跨?ㄥ??杞???㈣?????姣?琛???????涓?78涓?瀛?绗????
207
208???涓?涓????棰????Gmail杩?浼????浠讳??涓????ASCII???瀛?绗????淇℃????逛负base64缂???????瀹????涓?瑗垮????????娆ф床浜虹?????瀛????
209
210 ###